Point of sale training manual

01-raw-text.txt

src: https://betechnamibia.com/Point%20of%20Sale%20-%20Training%20Manual.pdf

1 | P a g e
Point of Sale
TRAINING MANUAL
VERSION : 1:4:1536
2 | P a g e
4 | P a g e
The POS Screen
 The POS screen is the first screen the users will see when the
system is not in use. It should be left in the POS screen.
 At the top of the screen you will notice a few icons; these are
functions that are used regularly. We will go through each one of
these options and cover it in more detail later on in the manual.
 In the middle of the screen there is a number pad with an edit box
above it. The number pad is where the user enters their code
 Below the number pad is a button with a door; this option is to exit
the POS ( Point of Sale).
 The login / logout button is used to login or logout the STAFF.
 Cancel will clear the edit box that appears above the number pad.
This will enable you to type in a new user code or type in the correct
one if you’ve made a mistake.
 At the bottom of the screen is a status bar, this bar gives you details
about the terminal. The following details can be found:
Date and Time: The date and time is taken from the windows date and time.
Terminal No: The terminal number is one of the set up options. Each terminal must have a unique number.
Version No: Shows the current version of the POS software. Versions are updated when features are added or
bugs (software problems) are fixed. It is important for all terminals to have the same version
number.
Current Day: This is the date chosen by the user, because some restaurants trade after midnight, the day end
could be done in the next day. Therefore a day-end is used for the reporting.
DRN: Daily report number, each day-end that is done on the system has a unique daily report number.
This is to identify the day and also to stop theft by doing more than one day end.
Expiry: Shows you when the current software license will expire. The license that was paid for enables you
to use the software. If the license code has expired, you will no longer be able to use the software
until a new license has been obtained.
5 | P a g e
POS Icon Descriptions
STAFF CASHUP
This function is used
to cash up all
waitrons at the end
of their shift
DAY END
This is run at the end
of every day’s trade to
clear the day’s figures
ACCOUNTING
This function manages
your Debtors and
Creditors
STAFF LOG
Allows you to see “Log In”
and “Log Out” times for
individual staff members
REPRINT A BILL
Allows you to
reprint any
recorded bill for a
specified month
PRICING LEVELS
This allows you to have
different prices on
selected menu items on
certain days at specific
pre-set times
FINAL CASH UP
This is done at
the end of every
day’s trade, in
order to balance
the day’s taking
PAY OUTS
Manages all cash
paid out of your
business either from
a float or a cash
register
REBUILD
TABLES
Updates and
reconstructs all
table files
LOYALTY
Is best used in conjunction with a
legitimate loyalty program.
Alternatively this function can be
used to manage client data and
discounts
TURNOVER
REPORT
Allows you to
check the
turnover at
any time of
the day
STAFF
REPORT
This report list
all the staff
cash up details
for the day
LOG
All actions in Point
of Sale for the last
month are
recorded in this log
DISABLE ITEMS
This is where limited available
selling quantities for
specific menu items are
set. You can also disable
menu items in a list
format here
WEB BROWSER
Allows authorized personnel access
to permitted sites on the internet
DRAWER SETUP
This is a security feature for
select staff to open the till
drawers
6 | P a g e
How to log in and log out
1.) In the POS screen, press on
“Login /Logout “
2.) Enter the user code and
press enter or place your
access finger on the Finger
print reader.
3.) Once logged in, the user can
proceed to open a table and
start to ring up orders or use
the POS features like Payouts
and Turnover report for
example.
4.) At the end of the day the
user can follow steps 1 & 2
again and the user will then
be logged out. When logged
out, the user can only
perform a cash-up, a final
cash-up and a day-end.
7 | P a g e
How to Log In and Log Out:
1.) In the POS screen tap on the button on the numeric pad ‘LOG IN LOG OUT’.
2.) Enter your user code if applicable and tap enter or alternately place your registered finger on the finger print
reader.
3.) Once logged in the user can then proceed to open a table and place orders.
4.) Or the user may use the POS features like :Payouts, Turnover report and Staff Log for example.
5.) At the end of the user’s shift, they may then follow step 1 and 2 again and the user will then be logged out.
When logged out the user can then be cashed up and a final cash up can be performed, followed by a day end.
8 | P a g e
Opening a new table:
2.) The table screen is where the user interacts
with the tables and creates new tables. To
start a new quick table the user will click on
the “Quick Table” button at the top of the
screen to open a table with no relevant table
number i.e. a take away sale
3.) Once you have clicked on “Quick Table” you
will then precede to the ordering screen
1.) In the POS Screen on the number pad in front
of you, place your fingerprint to give you
access to the Table screen
TAKE –AWAY:
Opens a new table
with ‘Take –away’
as the instruction.
DELIVERY: Opens
a new table with
‘Delivery’ as the
instruction.
EAT-IN: Opens a
new table with
‘Eat-In’ as the
instruction.
4.) Alternatively you can click on ‘New’ and
proceed to transact on the table
9 | P a g e
Opening a new Table:
1.) In the POS Screen on the number pad in front of you, place your fingerprint to give you access to the Table
screen
2.) The table screen is where the user interacts with the tables and creates new tables. To start a new quick table
the user will click on the “Quick Table” button at the top of the screen to open a table with no relevant table
number i.e. a take away sale.
3.) You can click on the three tabs located next to the Quick table tab:
- Take- Away: Opens a new table with “Take-away” as the instruction.
- Delivery: Opens a new table with “Delivery” as the instruction.
- Eat-In: Open a new table with “Eat-In” as the instruction.
4.) Once you have clicked on the relevant instruction you will then precede to the ordering screen.
5.) Alternatively you can click on ‘New’ and proceed to the delivery of the table.
10 | P a g e
Invoice Screen Information
8.) Screen Info: The invoice screen is
where orders are placed. The header
toolbar displays various information
pertaining to the active table. Certain
details are only updated when the user
begins to order items
3.) CV: The Covers of people which are at
the table
5.) TN: The Terminal number; this POS
machine has been set to terminal No1
(also called Server 1)
2.) Cashier: The name of the staff
member the table has been assigned to
6.) Invoice Number: The Invoice
number is a unique number
given to each bill / invoice. This
is once the user orders an item.
The invoice number is cleared
when the month-end is run
7.) Date & Time: The date and time is
taken from the computers time in the
setup in Windows. It is important for
the date and time to be correct and
synchronized as this is printed to the
kitchen. The kitchen staff use these
days and times to manage the orders
4.) Invoice Total: To the right of the
covers is a Rand value. This is the total
of the invoice and is updated as the
items are rung up
1.) Table: The number allocated to the
active table
11 | P a g e
10.) The Menu Items: Located at the top right, is
where the user will enter the items which the
customer ordered. If you select the touch
screen department “330ml Cold drinks” at
the bottom of the page all the cold drinks that
you have programmed in your menu items will
appear in the menu items screen above.
Simply select the items the client ordered by
clicking on the relevant button and you will see
the menu items appear on the left hand side of
the screen
9.) The touch screen department buttons at the
bottom of the screen is according to your menu
layout. For example: Cold drinks, Salads,
Desserts etc
12 | P a g e
The Invoice Screen Information:
1.) Table: The number allocated to the active table.
2.) Cashier: The name of the staff member the table has been assigned to.
3.) CV: The Covers of people which are at the table.
4.) Invoice Total: To the right of the covers is a Rand value. This is the total of the invoice and is updated as the
items are rung up.
5.) TN: The Terminal number; this POS machine has been set to terminal No1 (also called Server 1).
6.) Invoice Number: The Invoice number is a unique number given to each bill / invoice. This is once the user orders
an item. The invoice number is cleared when the month-end is run.
7.) Date & Time: The date and time is taken from the computers time in the setup in Windows. It is important for the
date and time to be correct and synchronized as this is printed to the kitchen. The kitchen staff use these days and
times to manage the orders
8.) Screen Info: The invoice screen is where orders are placed. The header toolbar displays various information
pertaining to the active table. Certain details are only updated when the user begins to order items.
9.) The touch screen department buttons at the bottom of the screen is according to your menu layout. For example:
Cold drinks, Salads, Desserts etc...
10.) The Menu Items: Located at the top right, is where the user will enter the items which the customer ordered. If
you select the touch screen department “330ml Cold drinks” at the bottom of the page all the cold drinks that you
have programmed in your menu items will appear in the menu items screen above. Simply select the items the client
ordered by clicking on the relevant button and you will see the menu items appear on the left hand side of the
screen
13 | P a g e
Ringing up an Order:
Below the status tool bar to the left is a list
of items that the user has rung up. You will
notice on the top image that the menu
items are white. This means the items have
been rung up but have not been ordered
yet
Only once the user presses the subtotal
button or uses the door to exit the table
will the items be ordered
At this stage when the items appear white,
the user can add more items or remove as
they like. This is because the items have
not yet been sent to the service printers
and have not been made yet
14 | P a g e
Adding Items to an existing Order:
Once the user exits or presses the
subtotal button the items change to
green. Once these items appear
green they can no longer be
changed without authorization
(provided this is set up in the
security level)
More items can be rung up and the
new items can be changed as they
will appear white until the subtotal
button is pressed
The printer will only print out the
items highlighted in white and not
the items in green, as they have
already been sent to the relevant
printer
15 | P a g e
Ringing up and adding to an Existing order.
1.) Below the status tool bar to the left of the screen is a list of items that the user has rung up. You will notice on the
top image that the menu items are white. This means the items have been rung up, but have not been ordered yet. At
this stage the user can increase the quantity, void or use the price override feature.
2.) Only once the user presses the subtotal button, or uses the door to exit the table will the items be ordered and
carried through to the kitchen.
3.) Once the user exits or presses the subtotal button the items change to green. Once these items appear green they
can no longer be changed without a manager or owner’s authorization (provided this is set up in the security level).
4.) More items can be rung up and the new items can be changed as they will appear white until the subtotal button is
pressed.
5.) The printer will only print out the items highlighted in white and not the items in green, as they have already been
sent to the relevant printer.
16 | P a g e
Message:
1.) A message can be added to a menu item to
instruct service staff how to prepare a specific
item. This can be done by selecting an item
from the menu item list, only items in white
apply here as the green items have already
printed to the service printers. When selecting
an item a button ‘Msg’ appears to the right of
the menu item list. Clicking on the ‘Msg’ button
will give the user an on screen keyboard where
they can type in the short message
2.) The user types in the message and presses
‘Enter’ to accept it. The message is then
added to the selected menu item and will be
printed below the item on the service
printers once item is subtotalled. Only one
message per item can be added so if the first
message was typed incorrectly then the user
can select the item once again, the ‘Msg’ and
proceed to type the correct message
17 | P a g e
The Prep Screen:
If the item you have selected to ring up has a
prep screen attached to it you will be prompted
to select an option from the prep screen. Prep
screens are used to instruct the service staff on
how to prepare certain items
Whenever there is a “Door Button” (Exit Button)
at the bottom of a prep screen, simply press that
button after you have made your selection (s). If
you don’t want to select anything from the prep
screen, press the exit door to close the prep
screen and continue with the order
The item (s) you selected from the prep screen
will then appear underneath the menu item in the
menu items list and will then print on the kitchen
slip
18 | P a g e
Writing Messages :
1.) A message can be added to a menu item to instruct service staff how to prepare a specific item. This can be done
by selecting an item from the menu item list, only items in white apply here as the green items have already printed
to the service printers. When selecting an item a button ‘Msg’ appears to the right of the menu item list. Clicking on
the ‘Msg’ button will give the user an on screen keyboard where they can type in the short message.
2.) Once the user types in the message and presses ‘Enter’ to accept it. The message is then added to the selected
menu item and will be printed below the item on the service printers once item is subtotalled or the user exits the
table. Only one message per item can be added so if the first message was typed incorrectly then the user can
select the item once again, the ‘Msg’ and proceed to type the correct message.
Prep Screens:
1.) A Prep screen is a cooking instruction given to a particular menu item. These appear after you have selected the
menu item, and pop up in a green box.
2.) If the item you have selected to ring up has a prep screen attached to it you will be prompted to select an option
from the prep screen. Prep screens are used to instruct the service staff on how to prepare certain items
3.) Whenever there is a “Door Button” (Exit Button) at the bottom of a prep screen, simply press that button after you
have made your selection (s). If you don’t want to select anything from the prep screen, press the exit door to close
the prep screen and continue with the order.
4.) The item (s) you selected from the prep screen will then appear underneath the menu item in the menu items list
and will then print on the kitchen slip.
19 | P a g e
Using the Quantity Button:
The QUANTITY button is used when the user
requires more than one item. When the user
clicks the QUANTITY button a number pad will
be displayed. This will enable the user to enter a
required quantity. Pressing enter will change the
quantity of the selected items in the menu item
list to the quantity entered
You will now see that the quantity column has
increased to the entered number and the selling
price for that item is now showing the total selling
price for the new quantity
Just remember, if you used a prep screen with
the first order and use the quantity button
afterwards, it’s going to copy the prep screen
details as well
20 | P a g e
Using the Quantity Button:
1.) The QUANTITY button is used when the user requires more than one item. When the user clicks the QUANTITY
button a number pad will be displayed. This will enable the user to enter a required quantity. Pressing enter will change
the quantity and selling price of the selected item in the menu item list to the quantity entered.
2.) You will now see that the quantity column has increased to the entered number and the selling price for that item is
now showing the total selling price for the new quantity.
3.) Just remember, if you used a prep screen with the first order and use the quantity button afterwards, it’s going to
copy the prep screen details as well.
Voiding Items:
1.) If voiding an item with a quantity of more than one, then a number pad will be displayed similar to the one shown
in the qty section. This will allow the user to void either some of the items or all items.
2.) If the items are in white then they will be removed. If they are in green the user will be prompted to confirm the
void and select a void reason if reasons have been setup. A void slip will be printed for each voided (if the item was
green).
3.) The VOID button is used to remove items off the invoice or table. Any items can be voided (green & white).
4.) The difference is the security setup; usually any staff can void white items and managers and owners can remove
green items.
5.) This is because when a green item is voided, it prints a cancellation slip in the preparation area where as a white
item is simply an “error correct” because white items have not been sent to the printers yet.
21 | P a g e
Voiding Items:
3.) The VOID button is used to remove items
off the invoice or table. Any items can be
voided (green & white)
4.) The difference is the security setup; usually
any staff can void white items and managers
and owners can remove green items
5.) This is because when a green item is voided,
it prints a cancellation slip in the preparation
area where as a white item is simply an
“error correct” because white items have
not been sent to the printers yet
1.) If voiding an item with a quantity of more
than one, then a number pad will be
displayed similar to the one shown in the qty
section. This will allow the user to void either
some of the items or all items
2.) If the items are in white then they will be
removed. If they are in green the user will be
prompted to confirm the void and select a
void reason if reasons have been setup. A
void slip will be printed for each voided (if the
item was green)
22 | P a g e
Price Override:
1.) The PRICE OVERIDE is used to change
an item’s default selling price. Any item can
be adjusted green and white. The user should
select the item he wants to change from the
menu list
2.) Clicking on the price override button
offers the user two options: PERCENTAGE or
AMOUNT. Percentage can only be used to
discount the selling price; this means to
reduce the selling price by a certain
percentage. The amount option can be used
to decrease or increase the selling price
3.) After selecting an option a number pad is displayed this is where the user must
enter the amount or percentage. If discount reasons have been setup then the user
will be forced to select a reason for the price override or discount. A line discount
slip will be printed after the price override had been finalized
23 | P a g e
Using The Price Override Feature:
1.) The PRICE OVERRIDE is used to change an item’s default selling price. Any item can be adjusted green and white.
The user should select the item he wants to change from the menu list.
2.) Clicking on the price override button offers the user two options: PERCENTAGE or AMOUNT. Percentage can only
be used to discount the selling price; this means to reduce the selling price by a certain percentage. The amount option
can be used to decrease or increase the selling price.
3.) After selecting an option a number pad is displayed this is where the user must enter the amount or percentage. If
discount reasons have been setup then the user will be prompted to select a reason for the price override or discount.
A line discount slip will be printed after the price override had been finalized.
24 | P a g e
Adjusting POS display:
The user can adjust the menu items display by
logging in with a manager / owner code and
right clicking on the menu item you would like
to adjust (using the mouse). Click on the option
in the pop up box that will be used for that
menu item button
 CHANGE COLOUR: This changes the
buttons background colour
 DISABLE MENU ITEM: An icon is added
to the menu item to notify the user that
this item cannot be rung up at this point
in time
 ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reverses the
disable procedure and menu item can be
rung up again
 HIDE MENU ITEM: If you are not
selling this menu item at all, then the
user can decide to hide it from the POS.
When this item has to be made visible
again, it has to be enabled from the
Hospitality Back Office’s side as there will
be no button to right click on from the
POS
25 | P a g e
Adjusting the POS display:
The user can adjust the menu items display by logging in with a manager / owner code and right clicking on the menu
item you would like to adjust (using the mouse). Click on the option in the pop up box that will be used for that menu
item button.
 CHANGE COLOUR: This changes the buttons background colour.
 DISABLE MENU ITEM: An icon is added to the menu item to notify the user that this item cannot be rung up at
this point in time.
 ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reverses the disable procedure and menu item can be rung up again.
 HIDE MENU ITEM: If you are not selling this menu item at all, then the user can decide to hide it from the
POS. When this item has to be made visible again, it has to be enabled from the Hospitality Back Office’s side as
there will be no button to right click on from the POS.
26 | P a g e
Splitting a Table:
The Change/Split Table feature is used to split a table into two separate tables or to move an entire table to a
new or existing table. Clicking change or split table will open a window with two menu item lists screens. The
existing table will be on the left and the new table on the right.
1.) The user may now select the items to be moved by using the arrow. You
may also choose to move the entire list by selecting the ‘All’ button. Once you
are satisfied, click on ‘Complete’.
2.) GAAP will ask you if you are sure you want to complete the transfer. Click
on ‘Yes’ to continue.
3.) If the table is already open the user will be
prompted to confirm the adding of these items to
the existing table.
4.) If the items were transferred to a newly
created table this will bring up a number pad for
the user to enter the new table number and
covers.
5.) If all the items are moved to the new table
then the old table will be closed and become
available for the use as a new table.
6.) GAAP will then ask which table you would like
to open. Select the table number to be paid. The
chosen table will open in the subtotal screen.
7.) Once the table is closed the second table will
be available on the table screen.
27 | P a g e
Splitting a table:
1.) The user may now select the items to be moved by using the arrow. You may also choose to move the entire list by
selecting the ‘All’ button. Once you are satisfied, click on ‘Complete’.
2.) GAAP will ask you if you are sure you want to complete the transfer. Click on ‘Yes’ to continue.
3.) If the table is already open the user will be prompted to confirm the adding of these items to the existing table.
4.) If the items were transferred to a newly created table this will bring up a number pad for the user to enter the new
table number and covers.
5.) If all the items are moved to the new table then the old table will be closed and become available for the use as a
new table.
6.) GAAP will then ask which table you would like to open. Select the table number to be paid. The chosen table will
open in the subtotal screen.
7.) Once the table is closed the second table will be available on the table screen.
28 | P a g e
Processing Payment ‘FAST CASH’:
If a customer is paying cash only, then the
“Fast Cash” button offers the user a quick,
simple and streamlined method of
tendering an invoice. The number pad is to
enter the value of the cash given by the
client. However, to streamline the process
even more, the user can simply click on
the relative cash note received. This will
automatically enter that value and record
the bill. The cashier can then continue with
the next order
29 | P a g e
Processing Payment: ‘SUBTOTAL’
If the customer is paying by credit card or you need to use a non banking paytype, click on the sub total button. The
subtotal screen looks very similar to the invoice screen with the status tool bar and the transaction list to the left.
However the touch screen departments have been replaced with paytypes. The menu buttons have also been
replaced with a paytype or special record list.
2.) Select the “Credit Card” button
for credit card payments and enter
the value of the credit card slip
including the tip. Once the
transaction is complete ensure you
press the record button to ensure
that the payment is captured
1.) The cash paytype can be used
instead of the FAST CASH button
3.) Promotions would be any
discount you give your clients, or
when you are running a promotion
with a certain discount
4.) Staff and
management meals can
be discounted to a certain
percentage. This will be
recorded and you will be
able to see the totals in
your HISTORY reports
5.) Waste and
Return is meals
returned by the
customer which must
be recorded to
balance your stock at
the end of the day
6.) Vouchers can be given
out as a promotion or in
some cases as pre sold and
redeemed using this paytype.
You will be able to see the
quantity and mix of items in
your HISTORY reports
30 | P a g e
Processing Payments:
When processing payments you may use two different types of feature, Fast cash which processing the cash paytype
quickly for take away facilities. Or you can use the subtotal button and process the paytype buttons at the bottom of
the screen.
Fast Cash:
If a customer is paying cash only, then the “Fast Cash” button offers the user a quick, simple and streamlined method
of tendering an invoice. The number pad is to enter the value of the cash given by the client. However, to streamline
the process even more, the user can simply click on the relative cash note received. Note you will only be allowed to
click on one note. This will automatically enter that value and record the bill. The cashier can then continue with the
next order.
Using the Subtotal Feature:
Once the user has clicked on the subtotal button you will then proceed to the next screen which will allow you to select
the relevant paytype button.
1.) The cash paytype can be used instead of the FAST CASH button.
2.) By selecting the “Credit Card” button for credit card payments the user may enter the value of the credit card slip
including the tip. Once the transaction is complete you will be able to see the amount allocated as well as a tip
amount if offered, ensure you press the record button to ensure that the payment is captured
3.) Promotions would be any discount you give your clients, or when you are running a promotion with a certain
discount. This is a non banking paytype.
4.) Staff and management meals can be discounted to a certain percentage. This will be recorded and you will be
able to see the totals in your HISTORY reports. This is also a non banking paytype.
5.) Waste and Return is meals returned by the customer which must be recorded to balance your stock at the end of
the day. This is also a non banking paytype.
6.) Vouchers can be given out as a promotion or in some cases as pre sold and redeemed using this non banking
paytype. You will be able to see the quantity and mix of items in your HISTORY reports
31 | P a g e
Final Discounts:
1.) Click on the discount button located to the right of the
menu screen
2.) A screen will appear with the discount in either a
Percentage or an Amount
3.) Once you have made your selection a number pad will
appear giving the user the amount to which the bill total
needs to discounted
4.) In the paytype field you will then see the amount that
your bill is being discounted by
5.) Finally you can then proceed to the paytype in which the
bill will be closed to
NOTE: This discount is
done in the same way
individual items are
discounted on the ordering
screen except that the
Sub-Totalled screen
discount will discount the
entire value of the bill
32 | P a g e
Final Discounts:
1.) Click on the discount button located to the right of the menu screen.
2.) A screen will appear with the discount in either a Percentage or an Amount.
3.) Once you have made your selection a number pad will appear giving the user the amount to which the bill total
needs to discounted.
4.) In the paytype field you will then see the amount that your bill is being discounted by.
5.) Finally you can then proceed to the paytype in which the bill will be closed to.
NOTE: This discount is done in the same way individual items are discounted on the ordering screen except that the
Sub-Totalled screen discount will discount the entire value of the bill.
Print last Receipt:
The print last feature is to enable the user to print or reprint the last invoice that was recorded. Once the invoice has
been recorded a print last button will be displayed. Clicking this button will print out the last invoice to the bill
printer. This feature can also be disabled to avoid waitrons/cashiers access to print the last bill.
33 | P a g e
Print last Receipt:
The print last feature is to enable the user to print or reprint the last invoice that was recorded. Once the invoice has
been recorded a print last button will be displayed. Clicking this button will print out the last invoice to the bill
printer. This feature can also be disabled to avoid waitrons/cashiers access to print the last bill.
34 | P a g e
Invoice Recall:
1.) In the table screen, click on the top button,
‘Invoice Recall’
2.) Select invoice by invoice number as each is
unique to a slip per day and can only be recalled on
the same day. Either double click or click on the
invoice and press select.
3.) A query box will appear notifying you that the
current selected bill will be deleted and the editing
will be recorded in its place and if you are sure you
want to edit this. Press Yes.
4.) The invoice will appear from the subtotal screen.
Press Cancel, void or add accordingly to the order
and proceed with the payment.
NOTE: Slips must be attached to the original
invoice, including voids. If the new slip is less than
the previous invoice; refund with cash. If the new
invoice is more than the paytype of the previous slip
and charge cash or card for the remaining amount
35 | P a g e
Invoice Recall:
1.) In the table screen, click on the top button, ‘Invoice Recall’
2.) Select invoice by invoice number as each is unique to a slip per day and can only be recalled on the same day.
Either double click or click on the invoice and press select.
3.) A query box will appear notifying you that the current selected bill will be deleted and the editing will be recorded in
its place and if you are sure you want to edit this. Press Yes.
4.) The invoice will appear from the subtotal screen. Press Cancel, void or add accordingly to the order and proceed
with the payment.
NOTE: Slips must be attached to the original invoice, including voids. If the new slip is less than the previous invoice
refund with cash. If the new invoice is more than the paytype of the previous slip and charge cash or card for the
remaining amount.
36 | P a g e
Payouts:
Payouts are used when cash is taken from the daily takings to pay for deliveries, buy miscellaneous
Items or pay casual wages etc…
On the right hand
side of the payout
screen you can see
a list of the
payouts that have
already been done
since the last DayEnd
Once all the information has been entered correctly, the user should press RECORD to finalize
the payout. A payout slip will be printed which should be given to the staff member to hand in
with their cash-up
Enter the reason for the
payout – Clicking on
down arrow and
selecting the relevant
white block will prompt
a keyboard to appear
Enter a reference for the
payout or alternatively
you can enter the invoice
number
The amount paid out is
entered, a positive value
(a pay in is a negative
value)
The Payout needs to be
assigned to the Cashier
responsible for the
cash, by pressing the
button next to staff, this
will bring up a list of
staff and you can then
select the relevant
person
37 | P a g e
Payouts:
Payouts are used when cash is taken from the daily takings to pay for deliveries, buy miscellaneous
Items or pay casual wages etc… Click on the icon ‘Payout’:
1.) Enter the reason for the payout – Clicking on down arrow and selecting the relevant white block will prompt a
keyboard to appear.
2.) Enter a reference for the payout or alternatively you can enter the invoice number.
3.) The amount paid out is entered, a positive value ( a pay in is a negative value).
4.) The Payout needs to be assigned to the Cashier responsible for the cash, by pressing the button next to staff, this
will bring up a list of staff and you can then select the relevant person.
5.) Once all the information has been entered correctly, the user should press RECORD to finalize the payout. A payout
slip will be printed which should be given to the staff member to hand in with their cash-up.
6.) On the right hand side of the payout screen you can see a list of the payouts that have already been done since
the last Day-End.
38 | P a g e
Staff Cash – up:
NOT CASHED UP: Means that your waitron has logged
out but has not yet been cashed up
CASHED UP: All the staff will be
moved to this column after they
have cashed up. All staff should
be in this column for you to be
able to run day end.
STILL WORKING:
means that a staff
member still has
open tables or has
not logged out
PRINT LIST: Allows you to print the list to
see who has not been logged out
SHOW SUMMARY:
will show each staff
member and their
cash up figures.
This can also be run
at any time during
the day
DO CASHUP: When selecting the
staff member in the middles
column you have to click on “Do
Cash - up”. This will open the
waitron cash up screen.
(See next page).
EXIT: If you no longer need to be
in the cash - up screen you can
Exit.
CASHED UP: All the staff will be
moved to this column after they
have cashed up. All staff should
be in this column for you to be
able to run day end
STILL WORKING:
means that a staff
member still has
open tables or has
not logged out
PRINT LIST: Allows you to print the list to
see who has not been logged out
SHOW SUMMARY:
will show each staff
member and their
cash up figures.
This can also be run
at any time during
the day
DO CASHUP: When selecting the
staff member in the middles
column you have to click on “Do
Cash - up”. This will open the
waitron cash up screen.
(See next page)
EXIT: If you no longer need to be
in the cash - up screen you can
Exit
39 | P a g e
Staff Cash – up:
PAYOUTS: All payouts made from waitrons float or on his
code will be displayed in this block
DEDUCTIONS: Any pre – set
deductions will be displayed in
the second block
When you have selected the staff member to cash
up, you will see their name, staff number, login and
logout time
PAYMENT DETAILS: All the
recorded transactions for this staff
member will be displayed in this
column categorized by paytypes
SUMMARY: You can now see the
cash amount – payouts +
deductions will give you the NET
amount due to the business. Net
cash is what the Cashier should
pay you at the end of their shift
PRINT CASHUP: This icon allows
you to print the cash up
EXIT: When you have
completed your cashup
procedure
This gives you the option
to print voids and
discounts in detail or you
can select to print only the
totals. The same option is
available for payouts and
deductions
VOIDS & DISCOUNTS: Any
voids and discounts done
during the shift will now be
displayed in this block
40 | P a g e
Staff Cash-up:
In the POS screen, click on the icon on the far left top corner that says ‘Staff Cash-up’. It will take you to a screen that
has three columns with different colours and headings:
 STILL WORKING: means that a staff member still has open tables or has not logged out
 NOT CASHED UP: Means that your waitron has logged out but has not yet been cashed up.
 CASHED UP: All the staff will be moved to this column after they have cashed up. All staff should be in this
column for you to be able to run day end.
Below the columns are the buttons with extra features:
 SHOW SUMMARY: will show each staff member and their cash up figures. This can also be run at any time
during the day
 PRINT LIST: Allows you to print the list to see who has not been logged out
 DO CASHUP: When selecting a staff member in the middle column you have to click on “Do Cash-up”. This will
open the waitron cash up screen.
 EXIT: If you no longer need to be in the cash - up screen you can Exit.
Once you have selected a staff member and clicked on ‘Do Cash-up’ it will take you to that staff member’s
particular details for the shift that they have preformed. In the staff members cashup you may view
important features such as:
- The log in and log out time and the total hours worked
- The payment details, such as cash, credit card and non banking
- Any payouts done on the staff members name
- Any deductions or earnings done
- Any voids and discounts for the user to view, done on the staff members tables
- The summary will show you the net cash that the staff member has to hand in.
- You may print the cashup as well, by selecting the button to the right.
- By clicking on ‘Exit’ this will allow the staff member to be cashed up; you may then proceed to the next staff
member.
41 | P a g e
Final Cash-Up:
ACTUAL: Refers to what you have
on hand. You will need to check all
slips to correspond with the
computer amount
NON BANKING: Refers to any
amount that you have not, nor
will you ever receive payments
for. E.g. Promotions, waste etc
COMPUTER: These amounts are the
calculated amounts based on information
recorded by the computer throughout the
day. Ideally your “actual” figures should
balance with these
CASH PAYOUTS: All the payouts you
have made during the day. When clicking
on ‘Show Payout Details’ a full description
of all the payouts will appear
BALANCING: This will calculate the
difference between ‘Actual ‘and
‘Computer” Either with a under by, Over
by or Balanced Solution
CANCEL: Select the cancel button to
exit without saving
SAVE AND EXIT: Once
you have completed the
cash up and are ready to
save it
PRINT REPORT: Allows
you print cash up details
REPRINT: This allows you to
reprint a previous days cash
up. You will be given a
selection of available dates
When counting the
accumulated cash from
the cashiers, it should be
entered in the relevant
window. Click on the
white block next to your
domination and type in
the amount you have
counted. E.g. If you
counted R1000.00 in
R200.00 you will enter
1000.00
CREDIT CARD: Should be
the total your credit card
slips as per the summary
printout from your credit
card machine. Print out a
summary report from the
CC Machine
42 | P a g e
Final Cash-up:
Once you have cashed up all the staff members for the day’s trade, you may then proceed to do a
‘Final Cash-up’.
1.) Ensure that the day is correct, by checking on the date in the right top corner. If the date is incorrect, click on the
button located beneath it, ‘Change Date’ and select the appropriate date.
2.) In the block COMPUTER: These amounts are the calculated amounts based on information recorded by the
computer throughout the day. Ideally your “actual” figures should balance with these.
3.) ACTUAL: Refers to what you have on hand. You will need to check all slips to correspond with the computer
amount.
 CASH: When counting the accumulated cash from the service staff, it should be entered in the relevant window.
Click on the white block next to your domination and type in the amount you have counted. E.g. If you counted
R1000.00 in R200.00 you will enter 1000.00.
 CREDIT CARD: Should be the total your credit card slips as per the summary printout from your credit card
machine. Print out a summary report from the CC Machine.
 NON BANKING: Refers to any amount that you have not, nor will you ever receive payments for. E.g.
Promotions, waste etc…
 CASH PAYOUTS: All the payouts you have made during the day. When clicking on ‘Show Payout Details’ a full
description of all the payouts will appear for you to view.
 At the bottom of the actual screen will show you all the staff earnings, breakages as well as the Levy.
4.) BALANCING: This will calculate the difference between ‘Actual ‘and ‘Computer” Either with a Under by, Over by or
Balanced Solution.
5.) REPRINT: This allows you to reprint a previous day’s cash-up. You will be given a selection of available dates.
6.) PRINT REPORT: Allows you print cash-up details.
7.) SAVE AND EXIT: Once you have completed the cash-up and are ready to save it.
8.) CANCEL: Select the cancel button to exit without saving.
43 | P a g e
Day End procedures:
The day end procedure should be run daily; the reason for doing a day end is to separate the figures so reports can be
produced from day to day.
2.) Next, select the report date
-TODAYS date. Then select the next
report date, your next trading day
3.) Once you have entered in the
correct dates
- Press the DO DAY END button
4.) Cancel to exit without completing
the day end procedure
A message will be displayed to inform the
user that the day end has successfully been
completed.
1.) Begin by clicking on the icon
‘Dayend’
44 | P a g e
Day End procedures:
The day end procedure should be run daily; the reason for doing a day end is to separate the figures so reports can be
produced from day to day.
1.) Once a ‘Final Cashup’ is done you may then proceed to do a ‘Day End’. Click on the icon ‘Day end’
2.) Next ensure that the report dates are correct. Check that the day for the next reported day end is the next day’s
trading.
3.) Once you have entered in the correct dates. Press the ‘Do Dayend’ button.
4.) By clicking on ‘Cancel’ it will then exit the day end procedure and not complete the day end.
5.) Once the day end button has been clicked the computer will start to back up all the required information to be
located in your BOH History reports.
6.) A message will be displayed to inform the user that the say end has successfully been completed.

02-formatted-text.txt

1 | P a g e

Point of Sale

TRAINING MANUAL

VERSION : 1:4:1536

2 | P a g e
4 | P a g e

The POS Screen

- The POS screen is the first screen the users will see when the system is not in use. It should be left in the POS screen.

- At the top of the screen you will notice a few icons; these are functions that are used regularly. We will go through each one of these options and cover it in more detail later on in the manual.

- In the middle of the screen there is a number pad with an edit box above it. The number pad is where the user enters their code.

- Below the number pad is a button with a door; this option is to exit the POS ( Point of Sale).

- The login / logout button is used to login or logout the STAFF.

- Cancel will clear the edit box that appears above the number pad. This will enable you to type in a new user code or type in the correct one if you’ve made a mistake.

- At the bottom of the screen is a status bar, this bar gives you details about the terminal. The following details can be found:

-- Date and Time: The date and time is taken from the windows date and time.

-- Terminal No: The terminal number is one of the set up options. Each terminal must have a unique number.

-- Version No: Shows the current version of the POS software. Versions are updated when features are added or bugs (software problems) are fixed. It is important for all terminals to have the same version number.

-- Current Day: This is the date chosen by the user, because some restaurants trade after midnight, the day end could be done in the next day. Therefore a day-end is used for the reporting.

-- DRN: Daily report number, each day-end that is done on the system has a unique daily report number. This is to identify the day and also to stop theft by doing more than one day end.

-- Expiry: Shows you when the current software license will expire. The license that was paid for enables you to use the software. If the license code has expired, you will no longer be able to use the software until a new license has been obtained.

5 | P a g e

POS Icon Descriptions

- STAFF CASHUP

This function is used to cash up all waitrons at the end of their shift.

- DAY END

This is run at the end of every day’s trade to clear the day’s figures.

- ACCOUNTING

This function manages your Debtors and Creditors.

- STAFF LOG

Allows you to see “Log In” and “Log Out” times for individual staff members.

- REPRINT A BILL

Allows you to reprint any recorded bill for a specified month.

- PRICING LEVELS

This allows you to have different prices on selected menu items on certain days at specific pre-set times.

- FINAL CASH UP

This is done at the end of every day’s trade, in order to balance the day’s taking.

- PAY OUTS

Manages all cash paid out of your business either from a float or a cash register.

- REBUILD TABLES

Updates and reconstructs all table files.

- LOYALTY

Is best used in conjunction with a legitimate loyalty program. Alternatively this function can be used to manage client data and discounts.

- TURNOVER REPORT

Allows you to check the turnover at any time of the day.

- STAFF REPORT

This report list all the staff cash up details for the day.

- LOG

All actions in Point of Sale for the last month are recorded in this log.

- DISABLE ITEMS

This is where limited available selling quantities for specific menu items are set. You can also disable menu items in a list format here.

- WEB BROWSER

Allows authorized personnel access to permitted sites on the internet.

- DRAWER SETUP

This is a security feature for select staff to open the till drawers.

6 | P a g e

How to log in and log out

1.) In the POS screen, press on “Login /Logout “.

2.) Enter the user code and press enter or place your access finger on the Finger print reader.

3.) Once logged in, the user can proceed to open a table and start to ring up orders or use the POS features like Payouts and Turnover report for example.

4.) At the end of the day the user can follow steps 1 & 2 again and the user will then be logged out. When logged out, the user can only perform a cash-up, a final cash-up and a day-end.

7 | P a g e

How to Log In and Log Out:

1.) In the POS screen tap on the button on the numeric pad ‘LOG IN LOG OUT’.

2.) Enter your user code if applicable and tap enter or alternately place your registered finger on the finger print reader.

3.) Once logged in the user can then proceed to open a table and place orders.

4.) Or the user may use the POS features like :Payouts, Turnover report and Staff Log for example.

5.) At the end of the user’s shift, they may then follow step 1 and 2 again and the user will then be logged out. When logged out the user can then be cashed up and a final cash up can be performed, followed by a day end.

8 | P a g e

Opening a new table:

1.) In the POS Screen on the number pad in front of you, place your fingerprint to give you access to the Table screen.

2.) The table screen is where the user interacts with the tables and creates new tables. To start a new quick table the user will click on the “Quick Table” button at the top of the screen to open a table with no relevant table number i.e. a take away sale.

3.) Once you have clicked on “Quick Table” you will then precede to the ordering screen.

TAKE –AWAY: Opens a new table with ‘Take –away’ as the instruction.

DELIVERY: Opens a new table with ‘Delivery’ as the instruction.

EAT-IN: Opens a new table with ‘Eat-In’ as the instruction.

4.) Alternatively you can click on ‘New’ and proceed to transact on the table.

9 | P a g e

Opening a new Table:

1.) In the POS Screen on the number pad in front of you, place your fingerprint to give you access to the Table screen.

2.) The table screen is where the user interacts with the tables and creates new tables. To start a new quick table the user will click on the “Quick Table” button at the top of the screen to open a table with no relevant table number i.e. a take away sale.

3.) You can click on the three tabs located next to the Quick table tab:

- Take- Away: Opens a new table with “Take-away” as the instruction.

- Delivery: Opens a new table with “Delivery” as the instruction.

- Eat-In: Open a new table with “Eat-In” as the instruction.

4.) Once you have clicked on the relevant instruction you will then precede to the ordering screen.

5.) Alternatively you can click on ‘New’ and proceed to the delivery of the table.

10 | P a g e

Invoice Screen Information

8.) Screen Info: The invoice screen is where orders are placed. The header toolbar displays various information pertaining to the active table. Certain details are only updated when the user begins to order items.

3.) CV: The Covers of people which are at the table

5.) TN: The Terminal number; this POS machine has been set to terminal No1 (also called Server 1)

2.) Cashier: The name of the staff member the table has been assigned to

6.) Invoice Number: The Invoice number is a unique number given to each bill / invoice. This is once the user orders an item. The invoice number is cleared when the month-end is run

7.) Date & Time: The date and time is taken from the computers time in the setup in Windows. It is important for the date and time to be correct and synchronized as this is printed to the kitchen. The kitchen staff use these days and times to manage the orders

4.) Invoice Total: To the right of the covers is a Rand value. This is the total of the invoice and is updated as the items are rung up

1.) Table: The number allocated to the active table

11 | P a g e

10.) The Menu Items: Located at the top right, is where the user will enter the items which the customer ordered. If you select the touch screen department “330ml Cold drinks” at the bottom of the page all the cold drinks that you have programmed in your menu items will appear in the menu items screen above.

Simply select the items the client ordered by clicking on the relevant button and you will see the menu items appear on the left hand side of the screen

9.) The touch screen department buttons at the bottom of the screen is according to your menu layout. For example: Cold drinks, Salads, Desserts etc

12 | P a g e

The Invoice Screen Information:

1.) Table: The number allocated to the active table.

2.) Cashier: The name of the staff member the table has been assigned to.

3.) CV: The Covers of people which are at the table.

4.) Invoice Total: To the right of the covers is a Rand value. This is the total of the invoice and is updated as the items are rung up.

5.) TN: The Terminal number; this POS machine has been set to terminal No1 (also called Server 1).

6.) Invoice Number: The Invoice number is a unique number given to each bill / invoice. This is once the user orders an item. The invoice number is cleared when the month-end is run.

7.) Date & Time: The date and time is taken from the computers time in the setup in Windows. It is important for the date and time to be correct and synchronized as this is printed to the kitchen. The kitchen staff use these days and times to manage the orders

8.) Screen Info: The invoice screen is where orders are placed. The header toolbar displays various information pertaining to the active table. Certain details are only updated when the user begins to order items.

9.) The touch screen department buttons at the bottom of the screen is according to your menu layout. For example: Cold drinks, Salads, Desserts etc...

10.) The Menu Items: Located at the top right, is where the user will enter the items which the customer ordered. If you select the touch screen department “330ml Cold drinks” at the bottom of the page all the cold drinks that you have programmed in your menu items will appear in the menu items screen above. Simply select the items the client ordered by clicking on the relevant button and you will see the menu items appear on the left hand side of the screen.

13 | P a g e

Ringing up an Order:

Below the status tool bar to the left is a list of items that the user has rung up. You will notice on the top image that the menu items are white. This means the items have been rung up but have not been ordered yet

Only once the user presses the subtotal button or uses the door to exit the table will the items be ordered

At this stage when the items appear white, the user can add more items or remove as they like. This is because the items have not yet been sent to the service printers and have not been made yet

14 | P a g e

Adding Items to an existing Order:

Once the user exits or presses the subtotal button the items change to green. Once these items appear green they can no longer be changed without authorization (provided this is set up in the security level)

More items can be rung up and the new items can be changed as they will appear white until the subtotal button is pressed

The printer will only print out the items highlighted in white and not the items in green, as they have already been sent to the relevant printer

15 | P a g e

Ringing up and adding to an Existing order.

1.) Below the status tool bar to the left of the screen is a list of items that the user has rung up. You will notice on the top image that the menu items are white. This means the items have been rung up, but have not been ordered yet. At this stage the user can increase the quantity, void or use the price override feature.

2.) Only once the user presses the subtotal button, or uses the door to exit the table will the items be ordered and carried through to the kitchen.

3.) Once the user exits or presses the subtotal button the items change to green. Once these items appear green they can no longer be changed without a manager or owner’s authorization (provided this is set up in the security level).

4.) More items can be rung up and the new items can be changed as they will appear white until the subtotal button is pressed.

5.) The printer will only print out the items highlighted in white and not the items in green, as they have already been sent to the relevant printer.

16 | P a g e

Message:

1.) A message can be added to a menu item to instruct service staff how to prepare a specific item. This can be done by selecting an item from the menu item list, only items in white apply here as the green items have already printed to the service printers. When selecting an item a button ‘Msg’ appears to the right of the menu item list. Clicking on the ‘Msg’ button will give the user an on screen keyboard where they can type in the short message

2.) The user types in the message and presses ‘Enter’ to accept it. The message is then added to the selected menu item and will be printed below the item on the service printers once item is subtotalled. Only one message per item can be added so if the first message was typed incorrectly then the user can select the item once again, the ‘Msg’ and proceed to type the correct message

17 | P a g e

The Prep Screen:

If the item you have selected to ring up has a prep screen attached to it you will be prompted to select an option from the prep screen. Prep screens are used to instruct the service staff on how to prepare certain items

Whenever there is a “Door Button” (Exit Button) at the bottom of a prep screen, simply press that button after you have made your selection (s). If you don’t want to select anything from the prep screen, press the exit door to close the prep screen and continue with the order

The item (s) you selected from the prep screen will then appear underneath the menu item in the menu items list and will then print on the kitchen slip

18 | P a g e

Writing Messages :

1.) A message can be added to a menu item to instruct service staff how to prepare a specific item. This can be done by selecting an item from the menu item list, only items in white apply here as the green items have already printed to the service printers. When selecting an item a button ‘Msg’ appears to the right of the menu item list. Clicking on the ‘Msg’ button will give the user an on screen keyboard where they can type in the short message.

2.) Once the user types in the message and presses ‘Enter’ to accept it. The message is then added to the selected menu item and will be printed below the item on the service printers once item is subtotalled or the user exits the table. Only one message per item can be added so if the first message was typed incorrectly then the user can select the item once again, the ‘Msg’ and proceed to type the correct message.

Prep Screens:

1.) A Prep screen is a cooking instruction given to a particular menu item. These appear after you have selected the menu item, and pop up in a green box.

2.) If the item you have selected to ring up has a prep screen attached to it you will be prompted to select an option from the prep screen. Prep screens are used to instruct the service staff on how to prepare certain items.

3.) Whenever there is a “Door Button” (Exit Button) at the bottom of a prep screen, simply press that button after you have made your selection (s). If you don’t want to select anything from the prep screen, press the exit door to close the prep screen and continue with the order.

4.) The item (s) you selected from the prep screen will then appear underneath the menu item in the menu items list and will then print on the kitchen slip.

19 | P a g e

Using the Quantity Button:

The QUANTITY button is used when the user requires more than one item. When the user clicks the QUANTITY button a number pad will be displayed. This will enable the user to enter a required quantity. Pressing enter will change the quantity of the selected items in the menu item list to the quantity entered.

You will now see that the quantity column has increased to the entered number and the selling price for that item is now showing the total selling price for the new quantity.

Just remember, if you used a prep screen with the first order and use the quantity button afterwards, it’s going to copy the prep screen details as well.

20 | P a g e

Using the Quantity Button:

1.) The QUANTITY button is used when the user requires more than one item. When the user clicks the QUANTITY button a number pad will be displayed. This will enable the user to enter a required quantity. Pressing enter will change the quantity and selling price of the selected item in the menu item list to the quantity entered.

2.) You will now see that the quantity column has increased to the entered number and the selling price for that item is now showing the total selling price for the new quantity.

3.) Just remember, if you used a prep screen with the first order and use the quantity button afterwards, it’s going to copy the prep screen details as well.

Voiding Items:

1.) If voiding an item with a quantity of more than one, then a number pad will be displayed similar to the one shown in the qty section. This will allow the user to void either some of the items or all items.

2.) If the items are in white then they will be removed. If they are in green the user will be prompted to confirm the void and select a void reason if reasons have been setup. A void slip will be printed for each voided (if the item was green).

3.) The VOID button is used to remove items off the invoice or table. Any items can be voided (green & white).

4.) The difference is the security setup; usually any staff can void white items and managers and owners can remove green items.

5.) This is because when a green item is voided, it prints a cancellation slip in the preparation area where as a white item is simply an “error correct” because white items have not been sent to the printers yet.

21 | P a g e

Voiding Items:

3.) The VOID button is used to remove items off the invoice or table. Any items can be voided (green & white).

4.) The difference is the security setup; usually any staff can void white items and managers and owners can remove green items.

5.) This is because when a green item is voided, it prints a cancellation slip in the preparation area where as a white item is simply an “error correct” because white items have not been sent to the printers yet.

1.) If voiding an item with a quantity of more than one, then a number pad will be displayed similar to the one shown in the qty section. This will allow the user to void either some of the items or all items.

2.) If the items are in white then they will be removed. If they are in green the user will be prompted to confirm the void and select a void reason if reasons have been setup. A void slip will be printed for each voided (if the item was green).

22 | P a g e

Price Override:

1.) The PRICE OVERIDE is used to change an item’s default selling price. Any item can be adjusted green and white. The user should select the item he wants to change from the menu list.

2.) Clicking on the price override button offers the user two options: PERCENTAGE or AMOUNT. Percentage can only be used to discount the selling price; this means to reduce the selling price by a certain percentage. The amount option can be used to decrease or increase the selling price.

3.) After selecting an option a number pad is displayed this is where the user must enter the amount or percentage. If discount reasons have been setup then the user will be forced to select a reason for the price override or discount. A line discount slip will be printed after the price override had been finalized.

23 | P a g e

Using The Price Override Feature:

1.) The PRICE OVERRIDE is used to change an item’s default selling price. Any item can be adjusted green and white.

The user should select the item he wants to change from the menu list.

2.) Clicking on the price override button offers the user two options: PERCENTAGE or AMOUNT. Percentage can only be used to discount the selling price; this means to reduce the selling price by a certain percentage. The amount option can be used to decrease or increase the selling price.

3.) After selecting an option a number pad is displayed this is where the user must enter the amount or percentage. If discount reasons have been setup then the user will be prompted to select a reason for the price override or discount.

A line discount slip will be printed after the price override had been finalized.

24 | P a g e

Adjusting POS display:

The user can adjust the menu items display by logging in with a manager / owner code and right clicking on the menu item you would like to adjust (using the mouse). Click on the option in the pop up box that will be used for that menu item button

- CHANGE COLOUR: This changes the buttons background colour

- DISABLE MENU ITEM: An icon is added to the menu item to notify the user that this item cannot be rung up at this point in time

- ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reverses the disable procedure and menu item can be rung up again

- HIDE MENU ITEM: If you are not selling this menu item at all, then the user can decide to hide it from the POS. When this item has to be made visible again, it has to be enabled from the Hospitality Back Office’s side as there will be no button to right click on from the POS

25 | P a g e

Adjusting the POS display:

The user can adjust the menu items display by logging in with a manager / owner code and right clicking on the menu item you would like to adjust (using the mouse). Click on the option in the pop up box that will be used for that menu item button.

- CHANGE COLOUR: This changes the buttons background colour.

- DISABLE MENU ITEM: An icon is added to the menu item to notify the user that this item cannot be rung up at this point in time.

- ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reverses the disable procedure and menu item can be rung up again.

- HIDE MENU ITEM: If you are not selling this menu item at all, then the user can decide to hide it from the POS. When this item has to be made visible again, it has to be enabled from the Hospitality Back Office’s side as there will be no button to right click on from the POS.

26 | P a g e

Splitting a Table:

The Change/Split Table feature is used to split a table into two separate tables or to move an entire table to a new or existing table. Clicking change or split table will open a window with two menu item lists screens. The existing table will be on the left and the new table on the right.

1.) The user may now select the items to be moved by using the arrow. You may also choose to move the entire list by selecting the ‘All’ button. Once you are satisfied, click on ‘Complete’.

2.) GAAP will ask you if you are sure you want to complete the transfer. Click on ‘Yes’ to continue.

3.) If the table is already open the user will be prompted to confirm the adding of these items to the existing table.

4.) If the items were transferred to a newly created table this will bring up a number pad for the user to enter the new table number and covers.

5.) If all the items are moved to the new table then the old table will be closed and become available for the use as a new table.

6.) GAAP will then ask which table you would like to open. Select the table number to be paid. The chosen table will open in the subtotal screen.

7.) Once the table is closed the second table will be available on the table screen.

27 | P a g e

Splitting a table:

1.) The user may now select the items to be moved by using the arrow. You may also choose to move the entire list by selecting the ‘All’ button. Once you are satisfied, click on ‘Complete’.

2.) GAAP will ask you if you are sure you want to complete the transfer. Click on ‘Yes’ to continue.

3.) If the table is already open the user will be prompted to confirm the adding of these items to the existing table.

4.) If the items were transferred to a newly created table this will bring up a number pad for the user to enter the new table number and covers.

5.) If all the items are moved to the new table then the old table will be closed and become available for the use as a new table.

6.) GAAP will then ask which table you would like to open. Select the table number to be paid. The chosen table will open in the subtotal screen.

7.) Once the table is closed the second table will be available on the table screen.

28 | P a g e

Processing Payment ‘FAST CASH’:

If a customer is paying cash only, then the “Fast Cash” button offers the user a quick, simple and streamlined method of tendering an invoice. The number pad is to enter the value of the cash given by the client. However, to streamline the process even more, the user can simply click on the relative cash note received. This will automatically enter that value and record the bill. The cashier can then continue with the next order.

29 | P a g e

Processing Payment: ‘SUBTOTAL’

If the customer is paying by credit card or you need to use a non banking paytype, click on the sub total button. The subtotal screen looks very similar to the invoice screen with the status tool bar and the transaction list to the left.

However the touch screen departments have been replaced with paytypes. The menu buttons have also been replaced with a paytype or special record list.

2.) Select the “Credit Card” button for credit card payments and enter the value of the credit card slip including the tip. Once the transaction is complete ensure you press the record button to ensure that the payment is captured

1.) The cash paytype can be used instead of the FAST CASH button

3.) Promotions would be any discount you give your clients, or when you are running a promotion with a certain discount

4.) Staff and management meals can be discounted to a certain percentage. This will be recorded and you will be able to see the totals in your HISTORY reports

5.) Waste and Return is meals returned by the customer which must be recorded to balance your stock at the end of the day

6.) Vouchers can be given out as a promotion or in some cases as pre sold and redeemed using this paytype.

You will be able to see the quantity and mix of items in your HISTORY reports

30 | P a g e

Processing Payments:

When processing payments you may use two different types of feature, Fast cash which processing the cash paytype quickly for take away facilities. Or you can use the subtotal button and process the paytype buttons at the bottom of the screen.

Fast Cash:

If a customer is paying cash only, then the “Fast Cash” button offers the user a quick, simple and streamlined method of tendering an invoice. The number pad is to enter the value of the cash given by the client. However, to streamline the process even more, the user can simply click on the relative cash note received. Note you will only be allowed to click on one note. This will automatically enter that value and record the bill. The cashier can then continue with the next order.

Using the Subtotal Feature:

Once the user has clicked on the subtotal button you will then proceed to the next screen which will allow you to select the relevant paytype button.

1.) The cash paytype can be used instead of the FAST CASH button.

2.) By selecting the “Credit Card” button for credit card payments the user may enter the value of the credit card slip including the tip. Once the transaction is complete you will be able to see the amount allocated as well as a tip amount if offered, ensure you press the record button to ensure that the payment is captured

3.) Promotions would be any discount you give your clients, or when you are running a promotion with a certain discount. This is a non banking paytype.

4.) Staff and management meals can be discounted to a certain percentage. This will be recorded and you will be able to see the totals in your HISTORY reports. This is also a non banking paytype.

5.) Waste and Return is meals returned by the customer which must be recorded to balance your stock at the end of the day. This is also a non banking paytype.

6.) Vouchers can be given out as a promotion or in some cases as pre sold and redeemed using this non banking paytype. You will be able to see the quantity and mix of items in your HISTORY reports

31 | P a g e

Final Discounts:

1.) Click on the discount button located to the right of the menu screen

2.) A screen will appear with the discount in either a Percentage or an Amount

3.) Once you have made your selection a number pad will appear giving the user the amount to which the bill total needs to discounted

4.) In the paytype field you will then see the amount that your bill is being discounted by

5.) Finally you can then proceed to the paytype in which the bill will be closed to

NOTE: This discount is done in the same way individual items are discounted on the ordering screen except that the Sub-Totalled screen discount will discount the entire value of the bill

32 | P a g e

Final Discounts:

1.) Click on the discount button located to the right of the menu screen.

2.) A screen will appear with the discount in either a Percentage or an Amount.

3.) Once you have made your selection a number pad will appear giving the user the amount to which the bill total needs to discounted.

4.) In the paytype field you will then see the amount that your bill is being discounted by.

5.) Finally you can then proceed to the paytype in which the bill will be closed to.

NOTE: This discount is done in the same way individual items are discounted on the ordering screen except that the Sub-Totalled screen discount will discount the entire value of the bill.

Print last Receipt:

The print last feature is to enable the user to print or reprint the last invoice that was recorded. Once the invoice has been recorded a print last button will be displayed. Clicking this button will print out the last invoice to the bill printer. This feature can also be disabled to avoid waitrons/cashiers access to print the last bill.

33 | P a g e

Print last Receipt:

The print last feature is to enable the user to print or reprint the last invoice that was recorded. Once the invoice has been recorded a print last button will be displayed. Clicking this button will print out the last invoice to the bill printer. This feature can also be disabled to avoid waitrons/cashiers access to print the last bill.

34 | P a g e

Invoice Recall:

1.) In the table screen, click on the top button, ‘Invoice Recall’

2.) Select invoice by invoice number as each is unique to a slip per day and can only be recalled on the same day. Either double click or click on the invoice and press select.

3.) A query box will appear notifying you that the current selected bill will be deleted and the editing will be recorded in its place and if you are sure you want to edit this. Press Yes.

4.) The invoice will appear from the subtotal screen. Press Cancel, void or add accordingly to the order and proceed with the payment.

NOTE: Slips must be attached to the original invoice, including voids. If the new slip is less than the previous invoice; refund with cash. If the new invoice is more than the paytype of the previous slip and charge cash or card for the remaining amount

35 | P a g e

Invoice Recall:

1.) In the table screen, click on the top button, ‘Invoice Recall’

2.) Select invoice by invoice number as each is unique to a slip per day and can only be recalled on the same day. Either double click or click on the invoice and press select.

3.) A query box will appear notifying you that the current selected bill will be deleted and the editing will be recorded in its place and if you are sure you want to edit this. Press Yes.

4.) The invoice will appear from the subtotal screen. Press Cancel, void or add accordingly to the order and proceed with the payment.

NOTE: Slips must be attached to the original invoice, including voids. If the new slip is less than the previous invoice; refund with cash. If the new invoice is more than the paytype of the previous slip and charge cash or card for the remaining amount.

36 | P a g e

Payouts:

Payouts are used when cash is taken from the daily takings to pay for deliveries, buy miscellaneous Items or pay casual wages etc...

On the right hand side of the payout screen you can see a list of the payouts that have already been done since the last Day-End

Once all the information has been entered correctly, the user should press RECORD to finalize the payout. A payout slip will be printed which should be given to the staff member to hand in with their cash-up

Enter the reason for the payout – Clicking on down arrow and selecting the relevant white block will prompt a keyboard to appear

Enter a reference for the payout or alternatively you can enter the invoice number

The amount paid out is entered, a positive value (a pay in is a negative value)

The Payout needs to be assigned to the Cashier responsible for the cash, by pressing the button next to staff, this will bring up a list of staff and you can then select the relevant person

37 | P a g e

Payouts:

Payouts are used when cash is taken from the daily takings to pay for deliveries, buy miscellaneous Items or pay casual wages etc... Click on the icon ‘Payout’:

1.) Enter the reason for the payout – Clicking on down arrow and selecting the relevant white block will prompt a keyboard to appear.

2.) Enter a reference for the payout or alternatively you can enter the invoice number.

3.) The amount paid out is entered, a positive value ( a pay in is a negative value).

4.) The Payout needs to be assigned to the Cashier responsible for the cash, by pressing the button next to staff, this will bring up a list of staff and you can then select the relevant person.

5.) Once all the information has been entered correctly, the user should press RECORD to finalize the payout. A payout slip will be printed which should be given to the staff member to hand in with their cash-up.

6.) On the right hand side of the payout screen you can see a list of the payouts that have already been done since the last Day-End.

38 | P a g e

Staff Cash – up:

NOT CASHED UP: Means that your waitron has logged out but has not yet been cashed up

CASHED UP: All the staff will be moved to this column after they have cashed up. All staff should be in this column for you to be able to run day end.

STILL WORKING: means that a staff member still has open tables or has not logged out

PRINT LIST: Allows you to print the list to see who has not been logged out

SHOW SUMMARY: will show each staff member and their cash up figures. This can also be run at any time during the day

DO CASHUP: When selecting the staff member in the middles column you have to click on “Do Cash - up”. This will open the waitron cash up screen.

(See next page).

EXIT: If you no longer need to be in the cash - up screen you can Exit.

CASHED UP: All the staff will be moved to this column after they have cashed up. All staff should be in this column for you to be able to run day end.

STILL WORKING: means that a staff member still has open tables or has not logged out.

PRINT LIST: Allows you to print the list to see who has not been logged out.

SHOW SUMMARY: will show each staff member and their cash up figures. This can also be run at any time during the day.

DO CASHUP: When selecting the staff member in the middles column you have to click on “Do Cash - up”. This will open the waitron cash up screen.

(See next page)

EXIT: If you no longer need to be in the cash - up screen you can Exit.

39 | P a g e

Staff Cash – up:

PAYOUTS: All payouts made from waitrons float or on his code will be displayed in this block.

DEDUCTIONS: Any pre – set deductions will be displayed in the second block.

When you have selected the staff member to cash up, you will see their name, staff number, login and logout time.

PAYMENT DETAILS: All the recorded transactions for this staff member will be displayed in this column categorized by paytypes.

SUMMARY: You can now see the cash amount – payouts + deductions will give you the NET amount due to the business. Net cash is what the Cashier should pay you at the end of their shift.

PRINT CASHUP: This icon allows you to print the cash up.

EXIT: When you have completed your cashup procedure.

This gives you the option to print voids and discounts in detail or you can select to print only the totals. The same option is available for payouts and deductions.

VOIDS & DISCOUNTS: Any voids and discounts done during the shift will now be displayed in this block.

40 | P a g e

Staff Cash-up:

In the POS screen, click on the icon on the far left top corner that says ‘Staff Cash-up’. It will take you to a screen that has three columns with different colours and headings:

- STILL WORKING: means that a staff member still has open tables or has not logged out.

- NOT CASHED UP: Means that your waitron has logged out but has not yet been cashed up.

- CASHED UP: All the staff will be moved to this column after they have cashed up. All staff should be in this column for you to be able to run day end.

Below the columns are the buttons with extra features:

- SHOW SUMMARY: will show each staff member and their cash up figures. This can also be run at any time during the day.

- PRINT LIST: Allows you to print the list to see who has not been logged out.

- DO CASHUP: When selecting a staff member in the middle column you have to click on “Do Cash-up”. This will open the waitron cash up screen.

- EXIT: If you no longer need to be in the cash - up screen you can Exit.

Once you have selected a staff member and clicked on ‘Do Cash-up’ it will take you to that staff member’s particular details for the shift that they have preformed. In the staff members cashup you may view important features such as:

- The log in and log out time and the total hours worked.

- The payment details, such as cash, credit card and non banking.

- Any payouts done on the staff members name.

- Any deductions or earnings done.

- Any voids and discounts for the user to view, done on the staff members tables.

- The summary will show you the net cash that the staff member has to hand in.

- You may print the cashup as well, by selecting the button to the right.

- By clicking on ‘Exit’ this will allow the staff member to be cashed up; you may then proceed to the next staff member.

41 | P a g e

Final Cash-Up:

ACTUAL: Refers to what you have on hand. You will need to check all slips to correspond with the computer amount.

NON BANKING: Refers to any amount that you have not, nor will you ever receive payments for. E.g. Promotions, waste etc.

COMPUTER: These amounts are the calculated amounts based on information recorded by the computer throughout the day. Ideally your “actual” figures should balance with these.

CASH PAYOUTS: All the payouts you have made during the day. When clicking on ‘Show Payout Details’ a full description of all the payouts will appear.

BALANCING: This will calculate the difference between ‘Actual ‘and ‘Computer” Either with a under by, Over by or Balanced Solution.

CANCEL: Select the cancel button to exit without saving.

SAVE AND EXIT: Once you have completed the cash up and are ready to save it.

PRINT REPORT: Allows you print cash up details.

REPRINT: This allows you to reprint a previous days cash up. You will be given a selection of available dates.

When counting the accumulated cash from the cashiers, it should be entered in the relevant window. Click on the white block next to your domination and type in the amount you have counted. E.g. If you counted R1000.00 in R200.00 you will enter 1000.00.

CREDIT CARD: Should be the total your credit card slips as per the summary printout from your credit card machine. Print out a summary report from the CC Machine.

42 | P a g e

Final Cash-up:

Once you have cashed up all the staff members for the day’s trade, you may then proceed to do a ‘Final Cash-up’.

1.) Ensure that the day is correct, by checking on the date in the right top corner. If the date is incorrect, click on the button located beneath it, ‘Change Date’ and select the appropriate date.

2.) In the block COMPUTER: These amounts are the calculated amounts based on information recorded by the computer throughout the day. Ideally your “actual” figures should balance with these.

3.) ACTUAL: Refers to what you have on hand. You will need to check all slips to correspond with the computer amount.

- CASH: When counting the accumulated cash from the service staff, it should be entered in the relevant window. Click on the white block next to your domination and type in the amount you have counted. E.g. If you counted R1000.00 in R200.00 you will enter 1000.00.

- CREDIT CARD: Should be the total your credit card slips as per the summary printout from your credit card machine. Print out a summary report from the CC Machine.

- NON BANKING: Refers to any amount that you have not, nor will you ever receive payments for. E.g. Promotions, waste etc...

- CASH PAYOUTS: All the payouts you have made during the day. When clicking on ‘Show Payout Details’ a full description of all the payouts will appear for you to view.

- At the bottom of the actual screen will show you all the staff earnings, breakages as well as the Levy.

4.) BALANCING: This will calculate the difference between ‘Actual ‘and ‘Computer” Either with a Under by, Over by or Balanced Solution.

5.) REPRINT: This allows you to reprint a previous day’s cash-up. You will be given a selection of available dates.

6.) PRINT REPORT: Allows you print cash-up details.

7.) SAVE AND EXIT: Once you have completed the cash-up and are ready to save it.

8.) CANCEL: Select the cancel button to exit without saving.

43 | P a g e

Day End procedures:

The day end procedure should be run daily; the reason for doing a day end is to separate the figures so reports can be produced from day to day.

1.) Begin by clicking on the icon ‘Dayend’

2.) Next, select the report date -TODAYS date. Then select the next report date, your next trading day

3.) Once you have entered in the correct dates - Press the DO DAY END button

4.) Cancel to exit without completing the day end procedure

A message will be displayed to inform the user that the day end has successfully been completed.

44 | P a g e

Day End procedures:

The day end procedure should be run daily; the reason for doing a day end is to separate the figures so reports can be produced from day to day.

1.) Once a ‘Final Cashup’ is done you may then proceed to do a ‘Day End’. Click on the icon ‘Day end’

2.) Next ensure that the report dates are correct. Check that the day for the next reported day end is the next day’s trading.

3.) Once you have entered in the correct dates. Press the ‘Do Dayend’ button.

4.) By clicking on ‘Cancel’ it will then exit the day end procedure and not complete the day end.

5.) Once the day end button has been clicked the computer will start to back up all the required information to be located in your BOH History reports.

6.) A message will be displayed to inform the user that the say end has successfully been completed.

03-generated-outline.txt

Point of Sale
     - Default Display of POS Screen When System is Idle.
     - Overview of Regularly Used Functions Icons at the Top of the Screen.
     POS Icon Descriptions
         - STAFF CASHUP FUNCTION FOR WAITRONS END OF SHIFT.
         - DAY END FUNCTION This function is executed at the end of each trading day to finalize and clear the day’s financial figures.
         - ACCOUNTING FUNCTION FOR DEBTORS AND CREDITORS MANAGEMENT.
         - STAFF LOG Allows you to see “Log In” and “Log Out” times for individual staff members.
         - REPRINT A BILL FUNCTIONALITY.
         - PRICING LEVELS This allows you to have different prices on selected menu items on certain days at specific pre-set times.
         - FINAL CASH UP PROCEDURE.
         - PAY OUTS MANAGEMENT.
         - REBUILD TABLES Updates and reconstructs all table files.
         - LOYALTY FUNCTION USAGE AND CLIENT DATA MANAGEMENT.
         - TURNOVER REPORT Description of functionality for real-time turnover checking.
         - STAFF REPORT This report lists all the staff cash-up details for the day.
         - LOG All actions in Point of Sale for the last month are recorded in this log.
         - DISABLE ITEMS AND QUANTITY LIMITS.
         - WEB BROWSER ACCESS FOR AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL.
         - Drawer setup security feature for select staff access.
     - Description of Number Pad and Edit Box for Code Entry.
     How to log in and log out
         1. ) Accessing the Login/Logout Function on the POS Screen.
         2. ) User authentication via code entry or fingerprint reader.
         3. ) User Access to POS Features and Order Management Upon Login.
         4. ) End of Day Logout and Limited Post-Logout Functions.
         How to Log In and Log Out:
             1. ) Tapping the 'LOG IN LOG OUT' Button on the POS Screen.
             2. ) User authentication via code entry or fingerprint scanning.
             3. ) User can open a table and place orders after logging in.
             4. ) POS Features Usage: Payouts, Turnover Report, and Staff Log.
             5. ) End of Shift Procedures and Final Cash Up.
             Opening a new table:
                 1. ) Fingerprint Authentication for Accessing Table Screen.
                 2. ) Overview of the Table Screen and Quick Table Creation.
                 3. ) Transition to Ordering Screen After Clicking “Quick Table”.
                 Take-away instruction for new table.
                 Delivery instruction table opening.
                 EAT-IN: Instruction for Opening a New Table.
                 4. ) Alternative method to open a new table for transaction.
             Opening a new Table:
                 1. ) Fingerprint Access to Table Screen.
                 2. ) Overview of the Table Screen and Quick Table Functionality.
                 3. ) Navigation of Tabs Next to Quick Table :
                     - Take-Away Tab: Opens a New Table with Take-away Instruction.
                     - Delivery Instruction Table Opening.
                     - Eat-In: Open a new table with "Eat-In" instruction.
                 4. ) Proceeding to the ordering screen after selecting an instruction.
                 5. ) Alternative method to proceed to the delivery of the table.
     - Button to Exit POS Below Number Pad.
     Invoice Screen Information
         8. ) Screen Info: Invoice Screen Functionality and Header Toolbar Details.
         3. ) CV: Covers of People at the Table
         5. ) TN: Terminal Number Assignment for POS Machine
         2. ) Cashier: Staff Member Assignment for the Table
         6. ) Invoice Number: Unique Identifier for Each Bill/Invoice and Month-End Clearing
         7. ) Date & Time: Importance of Accurate Computer Time for Kitchen Order Management
         4. ) Invoice Total Calculation and Display
         1. ) Table: Number allocated to the active table
         10. ) The Menu Items: Process for Entering Customer Orders
         9. ) Touch screen department buttons based on menu layout
         The Invoice Screen Information:
             1. ) Table: Number allocated to the active table.
             2. ) Cashier: Assigned staff member name.
             3. ) CV: Covers of People at the Table.
             4. ) Invoice Total: Rand value and real-time updates.
             5. ) TN: Terminal Number Assignment for POS Machine.
             6. ) Invoice Number: Unique Identifier for Each Bill and Monthly Clearing.
             7. ) Date & Time: Source and Importance for Order Management
             8. ) Screen Info: Invoice Screen and Header Toolbar Details.
             9. ) Touch screen department buttons aligned with menu layout ...
             10. ) Menu Items Entry and Selection Process.
     - Function of the Login/Logout Button for Staff.
     Ringing up an Order:
         Location of the rung-up items list.
         Menu Items Status Indication
         Ordering of Items Upon Subtotal or Exit Action
         User can modify order items before submission to service printers
         Adding Items to an existing Order:
             Items Change to Green and Become Immutable After Subtotal or Exit Action
             New items can be added and modified before subtotaling
     - Function of Cancel Button in Clearing the Edit Box.
     Printer Output Limitation for Item Color Coding
     - Status bar details at the bottom of the screen :
         -- Date and Time: Source from Windows Date and Time.
         -- Terminal No: Unique Terminal Number Requirement.
         -- Version Number: Importance and Update Mechanism.
         -- Current Day: User-Chosen Date for Day-End Reporting.
         -- DRN: Unique Identification and Theft Prevention for Daily Report Numbers.
         -- Expiry: Software License Expiration and Renewal.
     Ringing up and adding to an Existing order.
         1. ) Overview of Rung Up Items and Their Editable Status.
         2. ) Ordering Items through Subtotal Button or Table Exit.
         3. ) Change of Item Status to Green and Authorization for Modifications.
         4. ) New items can be added and modified until the subtotal button is pressed.
         5. ) Printer Output Limited to Items Highlighted in White.
     Message:
         1. ) Adding Messages to Menu Items for Service Instructions
         2. ) Process for Adding and Editing Messages for Menu Items
     The Prep Screen:
         Prompt for Prep Screen Selection for Items with Attached Prep Screens
         Use of the "Door Button" (Exit Button) on Prep Screens After Making Selections.
         Instructions for Exiting the Prep Screen Without Making a Selection
         Selected items from the prep screen will be listed and printed on the kitchen slip
         Writing Messages :
             1. ) Adding Messages to Menu Items for Service Staff Instructions.
             2. ) Process for Adding and Editing Messages for Menu Items.
     Prep Screens:
         1. ) Definition and Appearance of Prep Screens.
         2. ) Prompt for Selection from Prep Screen for Menu Items with Instructions.
         3. ) Instructions for Using the Door Button (Exit Button) on Prep Screens.
         4. ) Selected items from the prep screen will display in the menu items list and print on the kitchen slip.
     Using the Quantity Button:
         Functionality of the QUANTITY Button for Multiple Item Selection.
         Update of Quantity and Selling Price Display.
         Impact of Using Prep Screen on Quantity Button Functionality.
         Using the Quantity Button:
             1. ) Functionality of the QUANTITY Button for Multiple Item Selection and Price Calculation.
             2. ) Updated Quantity and Total Selling Price Display.
             3. ) Copying Prep Screen Details When Adjusting Quantity.
     Voiding Items:
         1. ) Number pad display for voiding multiple item quantities.
         2. ) Voiding Items: Removal and Confirmation Process.
         3. ) Use of the VOID Button to Remove Items from Invoice or Table.
         4. ) Security Setup for Voiding Items: Staff and Managerial Permissions.
         5. ) Difference in Handling Voided Items: Green vs. White.
         Voiding Items:
             3. ) Functionality of the VOID Button for Item Removal.
             4. ) Security Setup for Voiding Items: Staff vs. Management Permissions.
             5. ) Difference in Void Process for Green and White Items.
             1. ) Number pad display for voiding multiple items.
             2. ) Item Removal and Confirmation Process for Voiding.
     Price Override:
         1. ) Introduction to Price Override for Adjusting Selling Prices.
         2. ) Options for Price Override: Percentage Discount or Amount Adjustment.
         3. ) User Input and Discount Reason Selection for Price Override.
         Using The Price Override Feature:
             1. ) Introduction to PRICE OVERRIDE for Changing Default Selling Prices.
             2. ) Options for Price Override: Percentage Discount or Amount Adjustment.
             3. ) User Input for Price Override and Discount Reason Selection.
     Printing of line discount slip after price override finalization.
     Adjusting POS display:
         User Instructions for Adjusting Menu Item Display
             - CHANGE COLOUR: Button Background Colour Adjustment
             - DISABLE MENU ITEM: Icon Notification for Temporarily Unavailable Menu Items
             - ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reinstatement of Disabled Menu Item for Transactions
             - HIDE MENU ITEM: Procedure for Hiding and Re-Enabling Menu Items from Hospitality Back Office
         Adjusting the POS display:
             Procedure for Adjusting Menu Item Display with Manager/Owner Code.
                 - Change Colour: Modify Button Background Colour.
                 - DISABLE MENU ITEM: Notification Icon for Inactive Menu Items.
                 - ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reinstatement of Disabled Menu Item for Sales.
                 - HIDE MENU ITEM: Procedure for Hiding and Re-Enabling Menu Items from POS and Back Office.
     Splitting a Table:
         Purpose of the Change/Split Table Feature.
         Overview of Change/Split Table Interface Layout.
             1. ) Selecting and Completing Item Transfer.
             2. ) Confirmation of Transfer Completion in GAAP.
             3. ) Confirmation Prompt for Adding Items to Open Table.
             4. ) Number pad prompt for entering new table number and covers after item transfer.
             5. ) Closure of Old Table and Availability for New Use if All Items Are Transferred.
             6. ) Selecting a Table to Open for Payment.
             7. ) Availability of Second Table After Closing the First Table.
         Splitting a table:
             1. ) Item Selection and Transfer Completion Instructions.
             2. ) Confirmation Prompt for Transfer Completion.
             3. ) Confirmation Prompt for Adding Items to an Open Table.
             4. ) Number pad prompt for entering new table number and covers when items are transferred to a newly created table.
             5. ) Closure of Old Table Upon Transfer of All Items to New Table.
             6. ) Selecting a Table for Payment in GAAP.
             7. ) Availability of Second Table After Closing the First Table.
     Processing Payment ‘FAST CASH’:
         Fast Cash Button for Cash-Only Payments.
         Number pad for entering cash payment amounts.
         Automatic Cash Note Entry for Streamlined Processing.
         Continuation to Next Order.
         Processing Payment: ‘SUBTOTAL’
             Accessing the Subtotal Screen for Credit Card and Non-Banking Payments.
     Replacement of Touch Screen Departments and Menu Buttons with Paytypes and Special Record List.
         2. ) Process credit card payments and record transaction
         1. ) Cash Paytype Alternative to FAST CASH Button
         3. ) Definition of Promotions and Discounts for Clients
         4. ) Discounted meals for staff and management and reporting in HISTORY reports
         5. ) Waste and Return: Recording Customer Returned Meals for Stock Balancing
         6. ) Voucher Issuance and Redemption as a Payment Type.
     Visibility of Quantity and Mix of Items in HISTORY Reports
     Processing Payments:
         Payment Processing Features: Fast Cash and Subtotal Button.
         Fast Cash:
             Fast Cash Button for Cash-Only Transactions.
             Number pad for entering cash value from client.
             Streamlined Cash Note Selection for Automatic Entry and Recording.
             Cashier proceeds to next order.
         Using the Subtotal Feature:
             Transition to Paytype Selection Screen after Subtotal Button Click.
                 1. ) Cash Paytype Usage in Place of FAST CASH Button.
                 2. ) Credit Card Payment Processing and Tip Allocation
                 3. ) Promotions as Non-Banking Paytype for Client Discounts.
                 4. ) Staff and Management Meals Discount and Reporting.
                 5. ) Waste and Return: Recording Customer Returned Meals for Stock Balance.
                 6. ) Vouchers as a Non-Banking Paytype for Promotions and Pre-Sales
     Final Discounts:
         1. ) Instructions for Accessing the Discount Button
         2. ) Display of Discount Options in Percentage or Amount
         3. ) Number pad appearance for entering discount amount
         4. ) Display of Discounted Amount in Paytype Field
         5. ) Proceeding to the payment type for bill closure
         NOTE: Discount Application on Sub-Totalled Screen for Entire Bill Value
     Final Discounts:
         1. ) Instructions for Accessing the Discount Button.
         2. ) Display of Discount Options in Percentage or Amount.
         3. ) Number pad appearance for entering discount amount.
         4. ) Display of Discounted Amount in Paytype Field.
         5. ) Proceeding to the Payment Type to Close the Bill.
         NOTE: Discount Calculation on the Sub-Totalled Screen.
     Print last Receipt:
         Print Last Feature for Invoicing.
             Disabling print last feature to restrict access for waitrons/cashiers.
         Print last Receipt:
     Print Last Feature for Invoices.
     Disabling Print Last Feature for Waitrons/Cashiers.
     Invoice Recall:
         1. ) Instructions to Access Invoice Recall Feature
         2. ) Selecting the Invoice by Unique Number for Same-Day Recall.
         3. ) Confirmation Query for Bill Deletion and Editing.
         4. ) Invoice Processing and Payment Options.
         NOTE: Attachment of Slips and Refund/Charge Procedures for Invoice Adjustments
     Invoice Recall:
         1. ) Accessing the Invoice Recall Feature
         2. ) Selecting an Invoice by Unique Number for Same-Day Recall.
         3. ) Confirmation Query for Bill Deletion and Editing.
         4. ) Invoice Processing and Payment Instructions.
         NOTE: Attachment of Slips and Refund/Charge Procedures for Invoice Adjustments.
     Payouts:
         Purpose of Payouts from Daily Takings ...
         List of Payouts Since Last Day-End
         Finalizing the Payout and Printing the Payout Slip
         Enter reason for payout – Prompting keyboard via down arrow selection
         Enter reference or invoice number for payout
         Entry of payout amount as a positive value
         Assignment of Payout to Responsible Cashier
         Payouts:
             Purpose of Payouts for Cash Disbursements from Daily Takings ...
             Instructions to Access Payout Feature :
                 1. ) Entering the reason for the payout.
                 2. ) Enter reference or invoice number for payout.
                 3. ) Entering the payout amount as a positive value (pay in as negative value).
                 4. ) Assigning Payout to Responsible Cashier.
                 5. ) Finalizing the payout and printing the payout slip.
                 6. ) List of Payouts Processed Since Last Day-End.
     Staff Cash – up:
         Definition of Not Cashed Up
         CASHED UP: Staff Movement and Day End Requirements.
         STILL WORKING: Definition of Staff Member Status with Open Tables or Incomplete Logout
         PRINT LIST: Functionality to print a list of staff members who are not logged out
         SHOW SUMMARY: Overview of Staff Cash Up Figures Availability
         DO CASHUP: Procedure to Access Waitron Cash Up Screen.
         Reference to Additional Instructions on Next Page.
         Exit option for cash-up screen.
         CASHED UP: Staff Transition and Day End Requirement.
         STILL WORKING: Definition of Staff Members with Open Tables or Not Logged Out.
         PRINT LIST: Functionality to Print Unlogged Staff List.
         SHOW SUMMARY: Overview of Staff Cash Up Figures Available Anytime.
         DO CASHUP: Accessing the Waitron Cash Up Screen.
         Exit option for cash-up screen.
         Staff Cash – up:
             PAYOUTS: Display of All Payouts from Waitrons Float or Code.
             Deductions: Display of Pre-Set Deductions in Second Block.
             Staff member details displayed upon selection for cash up.
             Payment details: Categorized transactions for the staff member.
             Summary of Cash Amount Calculation and Payment to Business.
             PRINT CASHUP ICON FUNCTIONALITY.
             EXIT: Completion of Cashup Procedure.
             Option to Print Detailed or Total Voids, Discounts, Payouts, and Deductions.
             Voids and Discounts Display During Shift.
     Staff Cash-up:
         Instructions to Access Staff Cash-up on POS Screen.
         Navigation to Staff Cash-up Screen with Column Overview :
             - STILL WORKING: Definition and Explanation.
             - Definition of Not Cashed Up.
             - CASHED UP: Staff Movement and Day End Requirement.
         Location of Extra Feature Buttons :
             - SHOW SUMMARY: Display of Staff Cash Up Figures.
             - PRINT LIST: Printing the List of Staff Members Who Have Not Logged Out.
             - DO CASHUP: Opening the Waitron Cash Up Screen.
             - EXIT: Option to exit the cash-up screen if no longer needed.
         Navigation to Staff Member's Cash-up Details.
         Overview of Staff Member Cash-Up Features :
             - Log in, log out times, and total hours worked.
             - Payment details: cash, credit card, and non-banking.
             - Payouts Made on Staff Members' Names.
             - Deductions and earnings records.
             - Voids and Discounts Viewable on Staff Members' Tables.
             - Summary of net cash for staff member hand-in.
             - Printing the Cashup Summary.
             - Process for cashing up staff member and proceeding to the next.
     Final Cash-Up:
         Definition of Actual and Reconciliation with Computer Amount.
         Definition of Non-Banking Amounts and Examples.
         COMPUTER: Calculated Amounts Based on Daily Recorded Information.
         CASH PAYOUTS: Daily Payout Summary and Detailed View.
         BALANCING: Calculation of Difference Between Actual and Computer Values.
         CANCEL: Exit without saving changes.
         SAVE AND EXIT: Saving Cash Up Details and Exiting.
         PRINT REPORT: Functionality to Print Cash Up Details.
         REPRINT: Option to Reprint Previous Days' Cash Up with Date Selection.
         Entering Accumulated Cash from Cashiers.
         CREDIT CARD: Total from Credit Card Slips per Machine Summary Printout.
         Final Cash-up:
             Final Cash-up Procedure After Staff Cash-up.
                 1. ) Verify and Correct Date for Final Cash-up.
                 2. ) COMPUTER block: Calculated amounts based on daily recorded information.
                 3. ) ACTUAL: Definition and Verification of On-Hand Amounts.
                     - CASH: Procedure for Entering Accumulated Cash from Service Staff.
                     - CREDIT CARD: Total from Credit Card Slips per Summary Printout.
                     - NON BANKING: Definition and Examples of Non-Receivable Amounts ...
                     - CASH PAYOUTS: Daily Payout Summary and Details.
                     - Summary of Staff Earnings, Breakages, and Levy.
                 4. ) BALANCING: Calculation of Difference Between Actual and Computer Earnings.
                 5. ) REPRINT: Reprinting Previous Day’s Cash-Up.
                 6. ) PRINT REPORT: Printing Cash-Up Details.
                 7. ) SAVE AND EXIT: Completing and saving the cash-up.
                 8. ) CANCEL: Exit without saving.
     Day End procedures:
         Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.
             1. ) Initiating the Day End Procedure by Clicking the ‘Dayend’ Icon
             2. ) Selecting the report dates
             3. ) Pressing the DO DAY END Button after Entering Dates
             4. ) Cancel to exit without completing the day end procedure
         Notification of Successful Day End Completion.
         Day End procedures:
             Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.
                 1. ) Initiating Day End Procedure After Final Cashup
                 2. ) Verify and Confirm Report Dates for Next Day's Trading.
                 3. ) Pressing the ‘Do Dayend’ Button After Entering Correct Dates.
                 4. ) Cancel button exits day end procedure without completion.
                 5. ) Backup of Information to BOH History Reports Upon Day End Button Click.
                 6. ) Notification of Successful Day End Completion.

04-structure.json

{
    "index": 0,
    "title": "Point of Sale",
    "name": "",
    "content": "",
    "type": "container",
    "path": "000",
    "children": [
        {
            "index": 0,
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Default Display of POS Screen When System is Idle.",
            "content": "- The POS screen is the first screen the users will see when the system is not in use. It should be left in the POS screen.",
            "type": "body",
            "path": "000:000",
            "children": []
        },
        {
            "index": 1,
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Overview of Regularly Used Functions Icons at the Top of the Screen.",
            "content": "- At the top of the screen you will notice a few icons; these are functions that are used regularly. We will go through each one of these options and cover it in more detail later on in the manual.",
            "type": "body",
            "path": "000:001",
            "children": []
        },
        {
            "index": 2,
            "title": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:002",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "- STAFF CASHUP FUNCTION FOR WAITRONS END OF SHIFT.",
                    "content": "- STAFF CASHUP\nThis function is used to cash up all waitrons at the end of their shift.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:002:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "- DAY END FUNCTION This function is executed at the end of each trading day to finalize and clear the day\u2019s financial figures.",
                    "content": "- DAY END\nThis is run at the end of every day\u2019s trade to clear the day\u2019s figures.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:002:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "- ACCOUNTING FUNCTION FOR DEBTORS AND CREDITORS MANAGEMENT.",
                    "content": "- ACCOUNTING\nThis function manages your Debtors and Creditors.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:002:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "- STAFF LOG Allows you to see \u201cLog In\u201d and \u201cLog Out\u201d times for individual staff members.",
                    "content": "- STAFF LOG\nAllows you to see \u201cLog In\u201d and \u201cLog Out\u201d times for individual staff members.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:002:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "- REPRINT A BILL FUNCTIONALITY",
                    "content": "- REPRINT A BILL\nAllows you to reprint any recorded bill for a specified month.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:002:004",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 5,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "- PRICING LEVELS This allows you to have different prices on selected menu items on certain days at specific pre-set times.",
                    "content": "- PRICING LEVELS\nThis allows you to have different prices on selected menu items on certain days at specific pre-set times.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:002:005",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 6,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "- FINAL CASH UP PROCEDURE",
                    "content": "- FINAL CASH UP\nThis is done at the end of every day\u2019s trade, in order to balance the day\u2019s taking.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:002:006",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 7,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "- PAY OUTS MANAGEMENT",
                    "content": "- PAY OUTS\nManages all cash paid out of your business either from a float or a cash register.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:002:007",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 8,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "- REBUILD TABLES Updates and reconstructs all table files.",
                    "content": "- REBUILD TABLES\nUpdates and reconstructs all table files.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:002:008",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 9,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "- LOYALTY FUNCTION USAGE AND CLIENT DATA MANAGEMENT",
                    "content": "- LOYALTY\nIs best used in conjunction with a legitimate loyalty program. Alternatively this function can be used to manage client data and discounts.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:002:009",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 10,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "- TURNOVER REPORT Description of functionality for real-time turnover checking.",
                    "content": "- TURNOVER REPORT\nAllows you to check the turnover at any time of the day.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:002:010",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 11,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "- STAFF REPORT This report lists all the staff cash-up details for the day.",
                    "content": "- STAFF REPORT\nThis report list all the staff cash up details for the day.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:002:011",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 12,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "- LOG All actions in Point of Sale for the last month are recorded in this log.",
                    "content": "- LOG\nAll actions in Point of Sale for the last month are recorded in this log.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:002:012",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 13,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "- DISABLE ITEMS AND QUANTITY LIMITS",
                    "content": "- DISABLE ITEMS\nThis is where limited available selling quantities for specific menu items are set. You can also disable menu items in a list format here.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:002:013",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 14,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "- WEB BROWSER ACCESS FOR AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL.",
                    "content": "- WEB BROWSER\nAllows authorized personnel access to permitted sites on the internet.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:002:014",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 15,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "- Drawer setup security feature for select staff access.",
                    "content": "- DRAWER SETUP\nThis is a security feature for select staff to open the till drawers.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:002:015",
                    "children": []
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 3,
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Description of Number Pad and Edit Box for Code Entry.",
            "content": "- In the middle of the screen there is a number pad with an edit box above it. The number pad is where the user enters their code.",
            "type": "body",
            "path": "000:003",
            "children": []
        },
        {
            "index": 4,
            "title": "How to log in and log out",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:004",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "1.) Accessing the Login\/Logout Function on the POS Screen.",
                    "content": "1.) In the POS screen, press on \u201cLogin \/Logout \u201c.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:004:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "2.) User authentication via code entry or fingerprint reader.",
                    "content": "2.) Enter the user code and press enter or place your access finger on the Finger print reader.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:004:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "3.) User Access to POS Features and Order Management Upon Login.",
                    "content": "3.) Once logged in, the user can proceed to open a table and start to ring up orders or use the POS features like Payouts and Turnover report for example.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:004:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "4.) End of Day Logout and Limited Post-Logout Functions.",
                    "content": "4.) At the end of the day the user can follow steps 1 & 2 again and the user will then be logged out. When logged out, the user can only perform a cash-up, a final cash-up and a day-end.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:004:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "How to Log In and Log Out:",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:004:004",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "1.) Tapping the 'LOG IN LOG OUT' Button on the POS Screen.",
                            "content": "1.) In the POS screen tap on the button on the numeric pad \u2018LOG IN LOG OUT\u2019.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:004:004:000",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 1,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "2.) User authentication via code entry or fingerprint scanning.",
                            "content": "2.) Enter your user code if applicable and tap enter or alternately place your registered finger on the finger print reader.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:004:004:001",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 2,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "3.) User can open a table and place orders after logging in.",
                            "content": "3.) Once logged in the user can then proceed to open a table and place orders.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:004:004:002",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 3,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "4.) POS Features Usage: Payouts, Turnover Report, and Staff Log.",
                            "content": "4.) Or the user may use the POS features like :Payouts, Turnover report and Staff Log for example.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:004:004:003",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 4,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "5.) End of Shift Procedures and Final Cash Up.",
                            "content": "5.) At the end of the user\u2019s shift, they may then follow step 1 and 2 again and the user will then be logged out. When logged out the user can then be cashed up and a final cash up can be performed, followed by a day end.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:004:004:004",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 5,
                            "title": "Opening a new table:",
                            "name": "",
                            "content": "",
                            "type": "container",
                            "path": "000:004:004:005",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "index": 0,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "1.) Fingerprint Authentication for Accessing Table Screen.",
                                    "content": "1.) In the POS Screen on the number pad in front of you, place your fingerprint to give you access to the Table screen.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:004:004:005:000",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 1,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "2.) Overview of the Table Screen and Quick Table Creation.",
                                    "content": "2.) The table screen is where the user interacts with the tables and creates new tables. To start a new quick table the user will click on the \u201cQuick Table\u201d button at the top of the screen to open a table with no relevant table number i.e. a take away sale.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:004:004:005:001",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 2,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "3.) Transition to Ordering Screen After Clicking \u201cQuick Table\u201d.",
                                    "content": "3.) Once you have clicked on \u201cQuick Table\u201d you will then precede to the ordering screen.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:004:004:005:002",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 3,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "Take-away instruction for new table.",
                                    "content": "TAKE \u2013AWAY: Opens a new table with \u2018Take \u2013away\u2019 as the instruction.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:004:004:005:003",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 4,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "Delivery instruction table opening.",
                                    "content": "DELIVERY: Opens a new table with \u2018Delivery\u2019 as the instruction.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:004:004:005:004",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 5,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "EAT-IN: Instruction for Opening a New Table.",
                                    "content": "EAT-IN: Opens a new table with \u2018Eat-In\u2019 as the instruction.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:004:004:005:005",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 6,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "4.) Alternative method to open a new table for transaction.",
                                    "content": "4.) Alternatively you can click on \u2018New\u2019 and proceed to transact on the table.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:004:004:005:006",
                                    "children": []
                                }
                            ]
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 6,
                            "title": "Opening a new Table:",
                            "name": "",
                            "content": "",
                            "type": "container",
                            "path": "000:004:004:006",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "index": 0,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "1.) Fingerprint Access to Table Screen.",
                                    "content": "1.) In the POS Screen on the number pad in front of you, place your fingerprint to give you access to the Table screen.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:004:004:006:000",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 1,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "2.) Overview of the Table Screen and Quick Table Functionality.",
                                    "content": "2.) The table screen is where the user interacts with the tables and creates new tables. To start a new quick table the user will click on the \u201cQuick Table\u201d button at the top of the screen to open a table with no relevant table number i.e. a take away sale.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:004:004:006:001",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 2,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "3.) Navigation of Tabs Next to Quick Table:",
                                    "content": "3.) You can click on the three tabs located next to the Quick table tab:",
                                    "type": "container",
                                    "path": "000:004:004:006:002",
                                    "children": [
                                        {
                                            "index": 0,
                                            "title": "",
                                            "name": "- Take-Away Tab: Opens a New Table with Take-away Instruction.",
                                            "content": "- Take- Away: Opens a new table with \u201cTake-away\u201d as the instruction.",
                                            "type": "body",
                                            "path": "000:004:004:006:002:000",
                                            "children": []
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "index": 1,
                                            "title": "",
                                            "name": "- Delivery Instruction Table Opening.",
                                            "content": "- Delivery: Opens a new table with \u201cDelivery\u201d as the instruction.",
                                            "type": "body",
                                            "path": "000:004:004:006:002:001",
                                            "children": []
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "index": 2,
                                            "title": "",
                                            "name": "- Eat-In: Open a new table with \"Eat-In\" instruction.",
                                            "content": "- Eat-In: Open a new table with \u201cEat-In\u201d as the instruction.",
                                            "type": "body",
                                            "path": "000:004:004:006:002:002",
                                            "children": []
                                        }
                                    ]
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 3,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "4.) Proceeding to the ordering screen after selecting an instruction.",
                                    "content": "4.) Once you have clicked on the relevant instruction you will then precede to the ordering screen.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:004:004:006:003",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 4,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "5.) Alternative method to proceed to the delivery of the table.",
                                    "content": "5.) Alternatively you can click on \u2018New\u2019 and proceed to the delivery of the table.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:004:004:006:004",
                                    "children": []
                                }
                            ]
                        }
                    ]
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 5,
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Button to Exit POS Below Number Pad.",
            "content": "- Below the number pad is a button with a door; this option is to exit the POS ( Point of Sale).",
            "type": "body",
            "path": "000:005",
            "children": []
        },
        {
            "index": 6,
            "title": "Invoice Screen Information",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:006",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "8.) Screen Info: Invoice Screen Functionality and Header Toolbar Details.",
                    "content": "8.) Screen Info: The invoice screen is where orders are placed. The header toolbar displays various information pertaining to the active table. Certain details are only updated when the user begins to order items.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:006:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "3.) CV: Covers of People at the Table",
                    "content": "3.) CV: The Covers of people which are at the table",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:006:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "5.) TN: Terminal Number Assignment for POS Machine",
                    "content": "5.) TN: The Terminal number; this POS machine has been set to terminal No1 (also called Server 1)",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:006:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "2.) Cashier: Staff Member Assignment for the Table",
                    "content": "2.) Cashier: The name of the staff member the table has been assigned to",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:006:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "6.) Invoice Number: Unique Identifier for Each Bill\/Invoice and Month-End Clearing",
                    "content": "6.) Invoice Number: The Invoice number is a unique number given to each bill \/ invoice. This is once the user orders an item. The invoice number is cleared when the month-end is run",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:006:004",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 5,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "7.) Date & Time: Importance of Accurate Computer Time for Kitchen Order Management",
                    "content": "7.) Date & Time: The date and time is taken from the computers time in the setup in Windows. It is important for the date and time to be correct and synchronized as this is printed to the kitchen. The kitchen staff use these days and times to manage the orders",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:006:005",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 6,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "4.) Invoice Total Calculation and Display",
                    "content": "4.) Invoice Total: To the right of the covers is a Rand value. This is the total of the invoice and is updated as the items are rung up",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:006:006",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 7,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "1.) Table: Number allocated to the active table",
                    "content": "1.) Table: The number allocated to the active table",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:006:007",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 8,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "10.) The Menu Items: Process for Entering Customer Orders",
                    "content": "10.) The Menu Items: Located at the top right, is where the user will enter the items which the customer ordered. If you select the touch screen department \u201c330ml Cold drinks\u201d at the bottom of the page all the cold drinks that you have programmed in your menu items will appear in the menu items screen above. Simply select the items the client ordered by clicking on the relevant button and you will see the menu items appear on the left hand side of the screen",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:006:008",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 9,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "9.) Touch screen department buttons based on menu layout",
                    "content": "9.) The touch screen department buttons at the bottom of the screen is according to your menu layout. For example: Cold drinks, Salads, Desserts etc",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:006:009",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 10,
                    "title": "The Invoice Screen Information:",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:006:010",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "1.) Table: Number allocated to the active table.",
                            "content": "1.) Table: The number allocated to the active table.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:006:010:000",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 1,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "2.) Cashier: Assigned staff member name.",
                            "content": "2.) Cashier: The name of the staff member the table has been assigned to.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:006:010:001",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 2,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "3.) CV: Covers of People at the Table.",
                            "content": "3.) CV: The Covers of people which are at the table.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:006:010:002",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 3,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "4.) Invoice Total: Rand value and real-time updates.",
                            "content": "4.) Invoice Total: To the right of the covers is a Rand value. This is the total of the invoice and is updated as the items are rung up.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:006:010:003",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 4,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "5.) TN: Terminal Number Assignment for POS Machine.",
                            "content": "5.) TN: The Terminal number; this POS machine has been set to terminal No1 (also called Server 1).",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:006:010:004",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 5,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "6.) Invoice Number: Unique Identifier for Each Bill and Monthly Clearing.",
                            "content": "6.) Invoice Number: The Invoice number is a unique number given to each bill \/ invoice. This is once the user orders an item. The invoice number is cleared when the month-end is run.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:006:010:005",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 6,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "7.) Date & Time: Source and Importance for Order Management",
                            "content": "7.) Date & Time: The date and time is taken from the computers time in the setup in Windows. It is important for the date and time to be correct and synchronized as this is printed to the kitchen. The kitchen staff use these days and times to manage the orders",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:006:010:006",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 7,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "8.) Screen Info: Invoice Screen and Header Toolbar Details.",
                            "content": "8.) Screen Info: The invoice screen is where orders are placed. The header toolbar displays various information pertaining to the active table. Certain details are only updated when the user begins to order items.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:006:010:007",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 8,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "9.) Touch screen department buttons aligned with menu layout",
                            "content": "9.) The touch screen department buttons at the bottom of the screen is according to your menu layout. For example: Cold drinks, Salads, Desserts etc...",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:006:010:008",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 9,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "10.) Menu Items Entry and Selection Process.",
                            "content": "10.) The Menu Items: Located at the top right, is where the user will enter the items which the customer ordered. If you select the touch screen department \u201c330ml Cold drinks\u201d at the bottom of the page all the cold drinks that you have programmed in your menu items will appear in the menu items screen above. Simply select the items the client ordered by clicking on the relevant button and you will see the menu items appear on the left hand side of the screen.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:006:010:009",
                            "children": []
                        }
                    ]
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 7,
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Function of the Login\/Logout Button for Staff.",
            "content": "- The login \/ logout button is used to login or logout the STAFF.",
            "type": "body",
            "path": "000:007",
            "children": []
        },
        {
            "index": 8,
            "title": "Ringing up an Order:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:008",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Location of the rung-up items list.",
                    "content": "Below the status tool bar to the left is a list of items that the user has rung up.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:008:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Menu Items Status Indication",
                    "content": "You will notice on the top image that the menu items are white. This means the items have been rung up but have not been ordered yet",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:008:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Ordering of Items Upon Subtotal or Exit Action",
                    "content": "Only once the user presses the subtotal button or uses the door to exit the table will the items be ordered",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:008:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "User can modify order items before submission to service printers",
                    "content": "At this stage when the items appear white, the user can add more items or remove as they like. This is because the items have not yet been sent to the service printers and have not been made yet",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:008:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "Adding Items to an existing Order:",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:008:004",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Items Change to Green and Become Immutable After Subtotal or Exit Action",
                            "content": "Once the user exits or presses the subtotal button the items change to green. Once these items appear green they can no longer be changed without authorization (provided this is set up in the security level)",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:008:004:000",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 1,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "New items can be added and modified before subtotaling",
                            "content": "More items can be rung up and the new items can be changed as they will appear white until the subtotal button is pressed",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:008:004:001",
                            "children": []
                        }
                    ]
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 9,
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Function of Cancel Button in Clearing the Edit Box.",
            "content": "- Cancel will clear the edit box that appears above the number pad. This will enable you to type in a new user code or type in the correct one if you\u2019ve made a mistake.",
            "type": "body",
            "path": "000:009",
            "children": []
        },
        {
            "index": 10,
            "title": "",
            "name": "Printer Output Limitation for Item Color Coding",
            "content": "The printer will only print out the items highlighted in white and not the items in green, as they have already been sent to the relevant printer",
            "type": "body",
            "path": "000:010",
            "children": []
        },
        {
            "index": 11,
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Status bar details at the bottom of the screen:",
            "content": "- At the bottom of the screen is a status bar, this bar gives you details about the terminal. The following details can be found:",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:011",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "-- Date and Time: Source from Windows Date and Time.",
                    "content": "-- Date and Time: The date and time is taken from the windows date and time.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:011:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "-- Terminal No: Unique Terminal Number Requirement.",
                    "content": "-- Terminal No: The terminal number is one of the set up options. Each terminal must have a unique number.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:011:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "-- Version Number: Importance and Update Mechanism.",
                    "content": "-- Version No: Shows the current version of the POS software. Versions are updated when features are added or bugs (software problems) are fixed. It is important for all terminals to have the same version number.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:011:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "-- Current Day: User-Chosen Date for Day-End Reporting.",
                    "content": "-- Current Day: This is the date chosen by the user, because some restaurants trade after midnight, the day end could be done in the next day. Therefore a day-end is used for the reporting.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:011:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "-- DRN: Unique Identification and Theft Prevention for Daily Report Numbers.",
                    "content": "-- DRN: Daily report number, each day-end that is done on the system has a unique daily report number. This is to identify the day and also to stop theft by doing more than one day end.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:011:004",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 5,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "-- Expiry: Software License Expiration and Renewal.",
                    "content": "-- Expiry: Shows you when the current software license will expire. The license that was paid for enables you to use the software. If the license code has expired, you will no longer be able to use the software until a new license has been obtained.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:011:005",
                    "children": []
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 12,
            "title": "Ringing up and adding to an Existing order.",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:012",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "1.) Overview of Rung Up Items and Their Editable Status.",
                    "content": "1.) Below the status tool bar to the left of the screen is a list of items that the user has rung up. You will notice on the top image that the menu items are white. This means the items have been rung up, but have not been ordered yet. At this stage the user can increase the quantity, void or use the price override feature.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:012:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "2.) Ordering Items through Subtotal Button or Table Exit.",
                    "content": "2.) Only once the user presses the subtotal button, or uses the door to exit the table will the items be ordered and carried through to the kitchen.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:012:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "3.) Change of Item Status to Green and Authorization for Modifications.",
                    "content": "3.) Once the user exits or presses the subtotal button the items change to green. Once these items appear green they can no longer be changed without a manager or owner\u2019s authorization (provided this is set up in the security level).",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:012:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "4.) New items can be added and modified until the subtotal button is pressed.",
                    "content": "4.) More items can be rung up and the new items can be changed as they will appear white until the subtotal button is pressed.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:012:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "5.) Printer Output Limited to Items Highlighted in White.",
                    "content": "5.) The printer will only print out the items highlighted in white and not the items in green, as they have already been sent to the relevant printer.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:012:004",
                    "children": []
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 13,
            "title": "Message:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:013",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "1.) Adding Messages to Menu Items for Service Instructions",
                    "content": "1.) A message can be added to a menu item to instruct service staff how to prepare a specific item. This can be done by selecting an item from the menu item list, only items in white apply here as the green items have already printed to the service printers. When selecting an item a button \u2018Msg\u2019 appears to the right of the menu item list. Clicking on the \u2018Msg\u2019 button will give the user an on screen keyboard where they can type in the short message",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:013:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "2.) Process for Adding and Editing Messages for Menu Items",
                    "content": "2.) The user types in the message and presses \u2018Enter\u2019 to accept it. The message is then added to the selected menu item and will be printed below the item on the service printers once item is subtotalled. Only one message per item can be added so if the first message was typed incorrectly then the user can select the item once again, the \u2018Msg\u2019 and proceed to type the correct message",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:013:001",
                    "children": []
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 14,
            "title": "The Prep Screen:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:014",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Prompt for Prep Screen Selection for Items with Attached Prep Screens",
                    "content": "If the item you have selected to ring up has a prep screen attached to it you will be prompted to select an option from the prep screen. Prep screens are used to instruct the service staff on how to prepare certain items",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:014:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Use of the \"Door Button\" (Exit Button) on Prep Screens After Making Selections.",
                    "content": "Whenever there is a \u201cDoor Button\u201d (Exit Button) at the bottom of a prep screen, simply press that button after you have made your selection (s).",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:014:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Instructions for Exiting the Prep Screen Without Making a Selection",
                    "content": "If you don\u2019t want to select anything from the prep screen, press the exit door to close the prep screen and continue with the order",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:014:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Selected items from the prep screen will be listed and printed on the kitchen slip",
                    "content": "The item (s) you selected from the prep screen will then appear underneath the menu item in the menu items list and will then print on the kitchen slip",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:014:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "Writing Messages :",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:014:004",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "1.) Adding Messages to Menu Items for Service Staff Instructions.",
                            "content": "1.) A message can be added to a menu item to instruct service staff how to prepare a specific item. This can be done by selecting an item from the menu item list, only items in white apply here as the green items have already printed to the service printers. When selecting an item a button \u2018Msg\u2019 appears to the right of the menu item list. Clicking on the \u2018Msg\u2019 button will give the user an on screen keyboard where they can type in the short message.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:014:004:000",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 1,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "2.) Process for Adding and Editing Messages for Menu Items.",
                            "content": "2.) Once the user types in the message and presses \u2018Enter\u2019 to accept it. The message is then added to the selected menu item and will be printed below the item on the service printers once item is subtotalled or the user exits the table. Only one message per item can be added so if the first message was typed incorrectly then the user can select the item once again, the \u2018Msg\u2019 and proceed to type the correct message.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:014:004:001",
                            "children": []
                        }
                    ]
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 15,
            "title": "Prep Screens:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:015",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "1.) Definition and Appearance of Prep Screens.",
                    "content": "1.) A Prep screen is a cooking instruction given to a particular menu item. These appear after you have selected the menu item, and pop up in a green box.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:015:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "2.) Prompt for Selection from Prep Screen for Menu Items with Instructions.",
                    "content": "2.) If the item you have selected to ring up has a prep screen attached to it you will be prompted to select an option from the prep screen. Prep screens are used to instruct the service staff on how to prepare certain items.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:015:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "3.) Instructions for Using the Door Button (Exit Button) on Prep Screens.",
                    "content": "3.) Whenever there is a \u201cDoor Button\u201d (Exit Button) at the bottom of a prep screen, simply press that button after you have made your selection (s). If you don\u2019t want to select anything from the prep screen, press the exit door to close the prep screen and continue with the order.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:015:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "4.) Selected items from the prep screen will display in the menu items list and print on the kitchen slip.",
                    "content": "4.) The item (s) you selected from the prep screen will then appear underneath the menu item in the menu items list and will then print on the kitchen slip.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:015:003",
                    "children": []
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 16,
            "title": "Using the Quantity Button:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:016",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Functionality of the QUANTITY Button for Multiple Item Selection.",
                    "content": "The QUANTITY button is used when the user requires more than one item. When the user clicks the QUANTITY button a number pad will be displayed. This will enable the user to enter a required quantity. Pressing enter will change the quantity of the selected items in the menu item list to the quantity entered.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:016:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Update of Quantity and Selling Price Display.",
                    "content": "You will now see that the quantity column has increased to the entered number and the selling price for that item is now showing the total selling price for the new quantity.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:016:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Impact of Using Prep Screen on Quantity Button Functionality.",
                    "content": "Just remember, if you used a prep screen with the first order and use the quantity button afterwards, it\u2019s going to copy the prep screen details as well.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:016:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "Using the Quantity Button:",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:016:003",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "1.) Functionality of the QUANTITY Button for Multiple Item Selection and Price Calculation.",
                            "content": "1.) The QUANTITY button is used when the user requires more than one item. When the user clicks the QUANTITY button a number pad will be displayed. This will enable the user to enter a required quantity. Pressing enter will change the quantity and selling price of the selected item in the menu item list to the quantity entered.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:016:003:000",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 1,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "2.) Updated Quantity and Total Selling Price Display.",
                            "content": "2.) You will now see that the quantity column has increased to the entered number and the selling price for that item is now showing the total selling price for the new quantity.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:016:003:001",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 2,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "3.) Copying Prep Screen Details When Adjusting Quantity.",
                            "content": "3.) Just remember, if you used a prep screen with the first order and use the quantity button afterwards, it\u2019s going to copy the prep screen details as well.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:016:003:002",
                            "children": []
                        }
                    ]
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 17,
            "title": "Voiding Items:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:017",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "1.) Number pad display for voiding multiple item quantities.",
                    "content": "1.) If voiding an item with a quantity of more than one, then a number pad will be displayed similar to the one shown in the qty section. This will allow the user to void either some of the items or all items.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:017:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "2.) Voiding Items: Removal and Confirmation Process.",
                    "content": "2.) If the items are in white then they will be removed. If they are in green the user will be prompted to confirm the void and select a void reason if reasons have been setup. A void slip will be printed for each voided (if the item was green).",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:017:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "3.) Use of the VOID Button to Remove Items from Invoice or Table.",
                    "content": "3.) The VOID button is used to remove items off the invoice or table. Any items can be voided (green & white).",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:017:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "4.) Security Setup for Voiding Items: Staff and Managerial Permissions.",
                    "content": "4.) The difference is the security setup; usually any staff can void white items and managers and owners can remove green items.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:017:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "5.) Difference in Handling Voided Items: Green vs. White.",
                    "content": "5.) This is because when a green item is voided, it prints a cancellation slip in the preparation area where as a white item is simply an \u201cerror correct\u201d because white items have not been sent to the printers yet.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:017:004",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 5,
                    "title": "Voiding Items:",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:017:005",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "3.) Functionality of the VOID Button for Item Removal.",
                            "content": "3.) The VOID button is used to remove items off the invoice or table. Any items can be voided (green & white).",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:017:005:000",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 1,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "4.) Security Setup for Voiding Items: Staff vs. Management Permissions.",
                            "content": "4.) The difference is the security setup; usually any staff can void white items and managers and owners can remove green items.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:017:005:001",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 2,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "5.) Difference in Void Process for Green and White Items.",
                            "content": "5.) This is because when a green item is voided, it prints a cancellation slip in the preparation area where as a white item is simply an \u201cerror correct\u201d because white items have not been sent to the printers yet.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:017:005:002",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 3,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "1.) Number pad display for voiding multiple items.",
                            "content": "1.) If voiding an item with a quantity of more than one, then a number pad will be displayed similar to the one shown in the qty section. This will allow the user to void either some of the items or all items.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:017:005:003",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 4,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "2.) Item Removal and Confirmation Process for Voiding.",
                            "content": "2.) If the items are in white then they will be removed. If they are in green the user will be prompted to confirm the void and select a void reason if reasons have been setup. A void slip will be printed for each voided (if the item was green).",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:017:005:004",
                            "children": []
                        }
                    ]
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 18,
            "title": "Price Override:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:018",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "1.) Introduction to Price Override for Adjusting Selling Prices.",
                    "content": "1.) The PRICE OVERIDE is used to change an item\u2019s default selling price. Any item can be adjusted green and white. The user should select the item he wants to change from the menu list.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:018:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "2.) Options for Price Override: Percentage Discount or Amount Adjustment.",
                    "content": "2.) Clicking on the price override button offers the user two options: PERCENTAGE or AMOUNT. Percentage can only be used to discount the selling price; this means to reduce the selling price by a certain percentage. The amount option can be used to decrease or increase the selling price.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:018:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "3.) User Input and Discount Reason Selection for Price Override.",
                    "content": "3.) After selecting an option a number pad is displayed this is where the user must enter the amount or percentage. If discount reasons have been setup then the user will be forced to select a reason for the price override or discount. A line discount slip will be printed after the price override had been finalized.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:018:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "Using The Price Override Feature:",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:018:003",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "1.) Introduction to PRICE OVERRIDE for Changing Default Selling Prices.",
                            "content": "1.) The PRICE OVERRIDE is used to change an item\u2019s default selling price. Any item can be adjusted green and white. The user should select the item he wants to change from the menu list.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:018:003:000",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 1,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "2.) Options for Price Override: Percentage Discount or Amount Adjustment.",
                            "content": "2.) Clicking on the price override button offers the user two options: PERCENTAGE or AMOUNT. Percentage can only be used to discount the selling price; this means to reduce the selling price by a certain percentage. The amount option can be used to decrease or increase the selling price.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:018:003:001",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 2,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "3.) User Input for Price Override and Discount Reason Selection.",
                            "content": "3.) After selecting an option a number pad is displayed this is where the user must enter the amount or percentage. If discount reasons have been setup then the user will be prompted to select a reason for the price override or discount.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:018:003:002",
                            "children": []
                        }
                    ]
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 19,
            "title": "",
            "name": "Printing of line discount slip after price override finalization.",
            "content": "A line discount slip will be printed after the price override had been finalized.",
            "type": "body",
            "path": "000:019",
            "children": []
        },
        {
            "index": 20,
            "title": "Adjusting POS display:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:020",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "User Instructions for Adjusting Menu Item Display",
                    "content": "The user can adjust the menu items display by logging in with a manager \/ owner code and right clicking on the menu item you would like to adjust (using the mouse). Click on the option in the pop up box that will be used for that menu item button",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:020:000",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- CHANGE COLOUR: Button Background Colour Adjustment",
                            "content": "- CHANGE COLOUR: This changes the buttons background colour",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:020:000:000",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 1,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- DISABLE MENU ITEM: Icon Notification for Temporarily Unavailable Menu Items",
                            "content": "- DISABLE MENU ITEM: An icon is added to the menu item to notify the user that this item cannot be rung up at this point in time",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:020:000:001",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 2,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reinstatement of Disabled Menu Item for Transactions",
                            "content": "- ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reverses the disable procedure and menu item can be rung up again",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:020:000:002",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 3,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- HIDE MENU ITEM: Procedure for Hiding and Re-Enabling Menu Items from Hospitality Back Office",
                            "content": "- HIDE MENU ITEM: If you are not selling this menu item at all, then the user can decide to hide it from the POS. When this item has to be made visible again, it has to be enabled from the Hospitality Back Office\u2019s side as there will be no button to right click on from the POS",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:020:000:003",
                            "children": []
                        }
                    ]
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "Adjusting the POS display:",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:020:001",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Procedure for Adjusting Menu Item Display with Manager\/Owner Code.",
                            "content": "The user can adjust the menu items display by logging in with a manager \/ owner code and right clicking on the menu item you would like to adjust (using the mouse). Click on the option in the pop up box that will be used for that menu item button.",
                            "type": "container",
                            "path": "000:020:001:000",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "index": 0,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "- Change Colour: Modify Button Background Colour.",
                                    "content": "- CHANGE COLOUR: This changes the buttons background colour.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:020:001:000:000",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 1,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "- DISABLE MENU ITEM: Notification Icon for Inactive Menu Items.",
                                    "content": "- DISABLE MENU ITEM: An icon is added to the menu item to notify the user that this item cannot be rung up at this point in time.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:020:001:000:001",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 2,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "- ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reinstatement of Disabled Menu Item for Sales.",
                                    "content": "- ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reverses the disable procedure and menu item can be rung up again.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:020:001:000:002",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 3,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "- HIDE MENU ITEM: Procedure for Hiding and Re-Enabling Menu Items from POS and Back Office.",
                                    "content": "- HIDE MENU ITEM: If you are not selling this menu item at all, then the user can decide to hide it from the POS. When this item has to be made visible again, it has to be enabled from the Hospitality Back Office\u2019s side as there will be no button to right click on from the POS.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:020:001:000:003",
                                    "children": []
                                }
                            ]
                        }
                    ]
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 21,
            "title": "Splitting a Table:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:021",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Purpose of the Change\/Split Table Feature.",
                    "content": "The Change\/Split Table feature is used to split a table into two separate tables or to move an entire table to a new or existing table.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:021:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Overview of Change\/Split Table Interface Layout.",
                    "content": "Clicking change or split table will open a window with two menu item lists screens. The existing table will be on the left and the new table on the right.",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:021:001",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "1.) Selecting and Completing Item Transfer.",
                            "content": "1.) The user may now select the items to be moved by using the arrow. You may also choose to move the entire list by selecting the \u2018All\u2019 button. Once you are satisfied, click on \u2018Complete\u2019.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:021:001:000",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 1,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "2.) Confirmation of Transfer Completion in GAAP.",
                            "content": "2.) GAAP will ask you if you are sure you want to complete the transfer. Click on \u2018Yes\u2019 to continue.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:021:001:001",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 2,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "3.) Confirmation Prompt for Adding Items to Open Table.",
                            "content": "3.) If the table is already open the user will be prompted to confirm the adding of these items to the existing table.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:021:001:002",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 3,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "4.) Number pad prompt for entering new table number and covers after item transfer.",
                            "content": "4.) If the items were transferred to a newly created table this will bring up a number pad for the user to enter the new table number and covers.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:021:001:003",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 4,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "5.) Closure of Old Table and Availability for New Use if All Items Are Transferred.",
                            "content": "5.) If all the items are moved to the new table then the old table will be closed and become available for the use as a new table.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:021:001:004",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 5,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "6.) Selecting a Table to Open for Payment.",
                            "content": "6.) GAAP will then ask which table you would like to open. Select the table number to be paid. The chosen table will open in the subtotal screen.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:021:001:005",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 6,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "7.) Availability of Second Table After Closing the First Table.",
                            "content": "7.) Once the table is closed the second table will be available on the table screen.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:021:001:006",
                            "children": []
                        }
                    ]
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "Splitting a table:",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:021:002",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "1.) Item Selection and Transfer Completion Instructions.",
                            "content": "1.) The user may now select the items to be moved by using the arrow. You may also choose to move the entire list by selecting the \u2018All\u2019 button. Once you are satisfied, click on \u2018Complete\u2019.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:021:002:000",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 1,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "2.) Confirmation Prompt for Transfer Completion.",
                            "content": "2.) GAAP will ask you if you are sure you want to complete the transfer. Click on \u2018Yes\u2019 to continue.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:021:002:001",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 2,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "3.) Confirmation Prompt for Adding Items to an Open Table.",
                            "content": "3.) If the table is already open the user will be prompted to confirm the adding of these items to the existing table.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:021:002:002",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 3,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "4.) Number pad prompt for entering new table number and covers when items are transferred to a newly created table.",
                            "content": "4.) If the items were transferred to a newly created table this will bring up a number pad for the user to enter the new table number and covers.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:021:002:003",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 4,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "5.) Closure of Old Table Upon Transfer of All Items to New Table.",
                            "content": "5.) If all the items are moved to the new table then the old table will be closed and become available for the use as a new table.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:021:002:004",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 5,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "6.) Selecting a Table for Payment in GAAP.",
                            "content": "6.) GAAP will then ask which table you would like to open. Select the table number to be paid. The chosen table will open in the subtotal screen.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:021:002:005",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 6,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "7.) Availability of Second Table After Closing the First Table.",
                            "content": "7.) Once the table is closed the second table will be available on the table screen.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:021:002:006",
                            "children": []
                        }
                    ]
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 22,
            "title": "Processing Payment \u2018FAST CASH\u2019:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:022",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Fast Cash Button for Cash-Only Payments.",
                    "content": "If a customer is paying cash only, then the \u201cFast Cash\u201d button offers the user a quick, simple and streamlined method of tendering an invoice.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:022:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Number pad for entering cash payment amounts.",
                    "content": "The number pad is to enter the value of the cash given by the client.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:022:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Automatic Cash Note Entry for Streamlined Processing.",
                    "content": "However, to streamline the process even more, the user can simply click on the relative cash note received. This will automatically enter that value and record the bill.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:022:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Continuation to Next Order.",
                    "content": "The cashier can then continue with the next order.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:022:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "Processing Payment: \u2018SUBTOTAL\u2019",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:022:004",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Accessing the Subtotal Screen for Credit Card and Non-Banking Payments.",
                            "content": "If the customer is paying by credit card or you need to use a non banking paytype, click on the sub total button. The subtotal screen looks very similar to the invoice screen with the status tool bar and the transaction list to the left.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:022:004:000",
                            "children": []
                        }
                    ]
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 23,
            "title": "",
            "name": "Replacement of Touch Screen Departments and Menu Buttons with Paytypes and Special Record List.",
            "content": "However the touch screen departments have been replaced with paytypes. The menu buttons have also been replaced with a paytype or special record list.",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:023",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "2.) Process credit card payments and record transaction",
                    "content": "2.) Select the \u201cCredit Card\u201d button for credit card payments and enter the value of the credit card slip including the tip. Once the transaction is complete ensure you press the record button to ensure that the payment is captured",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:023:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "1.) Cash Paytype Alternative to FAST CASH Button",
                    "content": "1.) The cash paytype can be used instead of the FAST CASH button",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:023:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "3.) Definition of Promotions and Discounts for Clients",
                    "content": "3.) Promotions would be any discount you give your clients, or when you are running a promotion with a certain discount",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:023:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "4.) Discounted meals for staff and management and reporting in HISTORY reports",
                    "content": "4.) Staff and management meals can be discounted to a certain percentage. This will be recorded and you will be able to see the totals in your HISTORY reports",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:023:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "5.) Waste and Return: Recording Customer Returned Meals for Stock Balancing",
                    "content": "5.) Waste and Return is meals returned by the customer which must be recorded to balance your stock at the end of the day",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:023:004",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 5,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "6.) Voucher Issuance and Redemption as a Payment Type.",
                    "content": "6.) Vouchers can be given out as a promotion or in some cases as pre sold and redeemed using this paytype.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:023:005",
                    "children": []
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 24,
            "title": "",
            "name": "Visibility of Quantity and Mix of Items in HISTORY Reports",
            "content": "You will be able to see the quantity and mix of items in your HISTORY reports",
            "type": "body",
            "path": "000:024",
            "children": []
        },
        {
            "index": 25,
            "title": "Processing Payments:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:025",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Payment Processing Features: Fast Cash and Subtotal Button.",
                    "content": "When processing payments you may use two different types of feature, Fast cash which processing the cash paytype quickly for take away facilities. Or you can use the subtotal button and process the paytype buttons at the bottom of the screen.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:025:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "Fast Cash:",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:025:001",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Fast Cash Button for Cash-Only Transactions.",
                            "content": "If a customer is paying cash only, then the \u201cFast Cash\u201d button offers the user a quick, simple and streamlined method of tendering an invoice.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:025:001:000",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 1,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Number pad for entering cash value from client.",
                            "content": "The number pad is to enter the value of the cash given by the client.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:025:001:001",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 2,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Streamlined Cash Note Selection for Automatic Entry and Recording.",
                            "content": "However, to streamline the process even more, the user can simply click on the relative cash note received. Note you will only be allowed to click on one note. This will automatically enter that value and record the bill.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:025:001:002",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 3,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Cashier proceeds to next order.",
                            "content": "The cashier can then continue with the next order.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:025:001:003",
                            "children": []
                        }
                    ]
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "Using the Subtotal Feature:",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:025:002",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Transition to Paytype Selection Screen after Subtotal Button Click.",
                            "content": "Once the user has clicked on the subtotal button you will then proceed to the next screen which will allow you to select the relevant paytype button.",
                            "type": "container",
                            "path": "000:025:002:000",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "index": 0,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "1.) Cash Paytype Usage in Place of FAST CASH Button.",
                                    "content": "1.) The cash paytype can be used instead of the FAST CASH button.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:025:002:000:000",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 1,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "2.) Credit Card Payment Processing and Tip Allocation",
                                    "content": "2.) By selecting the \u201cCredit Card\u201d button for credit card payments the user may enter the value of the credit card slip including the tip. Once the transaction is complete you will be able to see the amount allocated as well as a tip amount if offered, ensure you press the record button to ensure that the payment is captured",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:025:002:000:001",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 2,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "3.) Promotions as Non-Banking Paytype for Client Discounts.",
                                    "content": "3.) Promotions would be any discount you give your clients, or when you are running a promotion with a certain discount. This is a non banking paytype.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:025:002:000:002",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 3,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "4.) Staff and Management Meals Discount and Reporting.",
                                    "content": "4.) Staff and management meals can be discounted to a certain percentage. This will be recorded and you will be able to see the totals in your HISTORY reports. This is also a non banking paytype.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:025:002:000:003",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 4,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "5.) Waste and Return: Recording Customer Returned Meals for Stock Balance.",
                                    "content": "5.) Waste and Return is meals returned by the customer which must be recorded to balance your stock at the end of the day. This is also a non banking paytype.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:025:002:000:004",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 5,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "6.) Vouchers as a Non-Banking Paytype for Promotions and Pre-Sales",
                                    "content": "6.) Vouchers can be given out as a promotion or in some cases as pre sold and redeemed using this non banking paytype. You will be able to see the quantity and mix of items in your HISTORY reports",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:025:002:000:005",
                                    "children": []
                                }
                            ]
                        }
                    ]
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 26,
            "title": "Final Discounts:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:026",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "1.) Instructions for Accessing the Discount Button",
                    "content": "1.) Click on the discount button located to the right of the menu screen",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:026:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "2.) Display of Discount Options in Percentage or Amount",
                    "content": "2.) A screen will appear with the discount in either a Percentage or an Amount",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:026:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "3.) Number pad appearance for entering discount amount",
                    "content": "3.) Once you have made your selection a number pad will appear giving the user the amount to which the bill total needs to discounted",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:026:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "4.) Display of Discounted Amount in Paytype Field",
                    "content": "4.) In the paytype field you will then see the amount that your bill is being discounted by",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:026:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "5.) Proceeding to the payment type for bill closure",
                    "content": "5.) Finally you can then proceed to the paytype in which the bill will be closed to",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:026:004",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 5,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "NOTE: Discount Application on Sub-Totalled Screen for Entire Bill Value",
                    "content": "NOTE: This discount is done in the same way individual items are discounted on the ordering screen except that the Sub-Totalled screen discount will discount the entire value of the bill",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:026:005",
                    "children": []
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 27,
            "title": "Final Discounts:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:027",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "1.) Instructions for Accessing the Discount Button.",
                    "content": "1.) Click on the discount button located to the right of the menu screen.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:027:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "2.) Display of Discount Options in Percentage or Amount.",
                    "content": "2.) A screen will appear with the discount in either a Percentage or an Amount.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:027:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "3.) Number pad appearance for entering discount amount.",
                    "content": "3.) Once you have made your selection a number pad will appear giving the user the amount to which the bill total needs to discounted.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:027:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "4.) Display of Discounted Amount in Paytype Field.",
                    "content": "4.) In the paytype field you will then see the amount that your bill is being discounted by.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:027:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "5.) Proceeding to the Payment Type to Close the Bill.",
                    "content": "5.) Finally you can then proceed to the paytype in which the bill will be closed to.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:027:004",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 5,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "NOTE: Discount Calculation on the Sub-Totalled Screen.",
                    "content": "NOTE: This discount is done in the same way individual items are discounted on the ordering screen except that the Sub-Totalled screen discount will discount the entire value of the bill.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:027:005",
                    "children": []
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 28,
            "title": "Print last Receipt:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:028",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Print Last Feature for Invoicing.",
                    "content": "The print last feature is to enable the user to print or reprint the last invoice that was recorded. Once the invoice has been recorded a print last button will be displayed. Clicking this button will print out the last invoice to the bill printer.",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:028:000",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Disabling print last feature to restrict access for waitrons\/cashiers.",
                            "content": "This feature can also be disabled to avoid waitrons\/cashiers access to print the last bill.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:028:000:000",
                            "children": []
                        }
                    ]
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "Print last Receipt:",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:028:001",
                    "children": []
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 29,
            "title": "",
            "name": "Print Last Feature for Invoices.",
            "content": "The print last feature is to enable the user to print or reprint the last invoice that was recorded. Once the invoice has been recorded a print last button will be displayed. Clicking this button will print out the last invoice to the bill printer.",
            "type": "body",
            "path": "000:029",
            "children": []
        },
        {
            "index": 30,
            "title": "",
            "name": "Disabling Print Last Feature for Waitrons\/Cashiers.",
            "content": "This feature can also be disabled to avoid waitrons\/cashiers access to print the last bill.",
            "type": "body",
            "path": "000:030",
            "children": []
        },
        {
            "index": 31,
            "title": "Invoice Recall:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:031",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "1.) Instructions to Access Invoice Recall Feature",
                    "content": "1.) In the table screen, click on the top button, \u2018Invoice Recall\u2019",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:031:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "2.) Selecting the Invoice by Unique Number for Same-Day Recall.",
                    "content": "2.) Select invoice by invoice number as each is unique to a slip per day and can only be recalled on the same day. Either double click or click on the invoice and press select.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:031:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "3.) Confirmation Query for Bill Deletion and Editing.",
                    "content": "3.) A query box will appear notifying you that the current selected bill will be deleted and the editing will be recorded in its place and if you are sure you want to edit this. Press Yes.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:031:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "4.) Invoice Processing and Payment Options.",
                    "content": "4.) The invoice will appear from the subtotal screen. Press Cancel, void or add accordingly to the order and proceed with the payment.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:031:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "NOTE: Attachment of Slips and Refund\/Charge Procedures for Invoice Adjustments",
                    "content": "NOTE: Slips must be attached to the original invoice, including voids. If the new slip is less than the previous invoice; refund with cash. If the new invoice is more than the paytype of the previous slip and charge cash or card for the remaining amount",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:031:004",
                    "children": []
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 32,
            "title": "Invoice Recall:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:032",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "1.) Accessing the Invoice Recall Feature",
                    "content": "1.) In the table screen, click on the top button, \u2018Invoice Recall\u2019",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:032:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "2.) Selecting an Invoice by Unique Number for Same-Day Recall.",
                    "content": "2.) Select invoice by invoice number as each is unique to a slip per day and can only be recalled on the same day. Either double click or click on the invoice and press select.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:032:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "3.) Confirmation Query for Bill Deletion and Editing.",
                    "content": "3.) A query box will appear notifying you that the current selected bill will be deleted and the editing will be recorded in its place and if you are sure you want to edit this. Press Yes.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:032:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "4.) Invoice Processing and Payment Instructions.",
                    "content": "4.) The invoice will appear from the subtotal screen. Press Cancel, void or add accordingly to the order and proceed with the payment.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:032:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "NOTE: Attachment of Slips and Refund\/Charge Procedures for Invoice Adjustments.",
                    "content": "NOTE: Slips must be attached to the original invoice, including voids. If the new slip is less than the previous invoice; refund with cash. If the new invoice is more than the paytype of the previous slip and charge cash or card for the remaining amount.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:032:004",
                    "children": []
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 33,
            "title": "Payouts:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:033",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Purpose of Payouts from Daily Takings.",
                    "content": "Payouts are used when cash is taken from the daily takings to pay for deliveries, buy miscellaneous Items or pay casual wages etc...",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:033:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "List of Payouts Since Last Day-End",
                    "content": "On the right hand side of the payout screen you can see a list of the payouts that have already been done since the last Day-End",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:033:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Finalizing the Payout and Printing the Payout Slip",
                    "content": "Once all the information has been entered correctly, the user should press RECORD to finalize the payout. A payout slip will be printed which should be given to the staff member to hand in with their cash-up",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:033:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Enter reason for payout \u2013 Prompting keyboard via down arrow selection",
                    "content": "Enter the reason for the payout \u2013 Clicking on down arrow and selecting the relevant white block will prompt a keyboard to appear",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:033:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Enter reference or invoice number for payout",
                    "content": "Enter a reference for the payout or alternatively you can enter the invoice number",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:033:004",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 5,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Entry of payout amount as a positive value",
                    "content": "The amount paid out is entered, a positive value (a pay in is a negative value)",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:033:005",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 6,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Assignment of Payout to Responsible Cashier",
                    "content": "The Payout needs to be assigned to the Cashier responsible for the cash, by pressing the button next to staff, this will bring up a list of staff and you can then select the relevant person",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:033:006",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 7,
                    "title": "Payouts:",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:033:007",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Purpose of Payouts for Cash Disbursements from Daily Takings.",
                            "content": "Payouts are used when cash is taken from the daily takings to pay for deliveries, buy miscellaneous Items or pay casual wages etc...",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:033:007:000",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 1,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Instructions to Access Payout Feature:",
                            "content": "Click on the icon \u2018Payout\u2019:",
                            "type": "container",
                            "path": "000:033:007:001",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "index": 0,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "1.) Entering the reason for the payout.",
                                    "content": "1.) Enter the reason for the payout \u2013 Clicking on down arrow and selecting the relevant white block will prompt a keyboard to appear.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:033:007:001:000",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 1,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "2.) Enter reference or invoice number for payout.",
                                    "content": "2.) Enter a reference for the payout or alternatively you can enter the invoice number.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:033:007:001:001",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 2,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "3.) Entering the payout amount as a positive value (pay in as negative value).",
                                    "content": "3.) The amount paid out is entered, a positive value ( a pay in is a negative value).",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:033:007:001:002",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 3,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "4.) Assigning Payout to Responsible Cashier.",
                                    "content": "4.) The Payout needs to be assigned to the Cashier responsible for the cash, by pressing the button next to staff, this will bring up a list of staff and you can then select the relevant person.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:033:007:001:003",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 4,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "5.) Finalizing the payout and printing the payout slip.",
                                    "content": "5.) Once all the information has been entered correctly, the user should press RECORD to finalize the payout. A payout slip will be printed which should be given to the staff member to hand in with their cash-up.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:033:007:001:004",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 5,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "6.) List of Payouts Processed Since Last Day-End.",
                                    "content": "6.) On the right hand side of the payout screen you can see a list of the payouts that have already been done since the last Day-End.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:033:007:001:005",
                                    "children": []
                                }
                            ]
                        }
                    ]
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 34,
            "title": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:034",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Definition of Not Cashed Up",
                    "content": "NOT CASHED UP: Means that your waitron has logged out but has not yet been cashed up",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:034:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "CASHED UP: Staff Movement and Day End Requirements.",
                    "content": "CASHED UP: All the staff will be moved to this column after they have cashed up. All staff should be in this column for you to be able to run day end.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:034:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "STILL WORKING: Definition of Staff Member Status with Open Tables or Incomplete Logout",
                    "content": "STILL WORKING: means that a staff member still has open tables or has not logged out",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:034:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "PRINT LIST: Functionality to print a list of staff members who are not logged out",
                    "content": "PRINT LIST: Allows you to print the list to see who has not been logged out",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:034:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "SHOW SUMMARY: Overview of Staff Cash Up Figures Availability",
                    "content": "SHOW SUMMARY: will show each staff member and their cash up figures. This can also be run at any time during the day",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:034:004",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 5,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "DO CASHUP: Procedure to Access Waitron Cash Up Screen.",
                    "content": "DO CASHUP: When selecting the staff member in the middles column you have to click on \u201cDo Cash - up\u201d. This will open the waitron cash up screen.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:034:005",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 6,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Reference to Additional Instructions on Next Page.",
                    "content": "(See next page).",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:034:006",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 7,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Exit option for cash-up screen.",
                    "content": "EXIT: If you no longer need to be in the cash - up screen you can Exit.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:034:007",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 8,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "CASHED UP: Staff Transition and Day End Requirement.",
                    "content": "CASHED UP: All the staff will be moved to this column after they have cashed up. All staff should be in this column for you to be able to run day end.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:034:008",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 9,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "STILL WORKING: Definition of Staff Members with Open Tables or Not Logged Out.",
                    "content": "STILL WORKING: means that a staff member still has open tables or has not logged out.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:034:009",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 10,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "PRINT LIST: Functionality to Print Unlogged Staff List.",
                    "content": "PRINT LIST: Allows you to print the list to see who has not been logged out.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:034:010",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 11,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "SHOW SUMMARY: Overview of Staff Cash Up Figures Available Anytime.",
                    "content": "SHOW SUMMARY: will show each staff member and their cash up figures. This can also be run at any time during the day.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:034:011",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 12,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "DO CASHUP: Accessing the Waitron Cash Up Screen.",
                    "content": "DO CASHUP: When selecting the staff member in the middles column you have to click on \u201cDo Cash - up\u201d. This will open the waitron cash up screen.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:034:012",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 13,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Exit option for cash-up screen.",
                    "content": "EXIT: If you no longer need to be in the cash - up screen you can Exit.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:034:013",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 14,
                    "title": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:034:014",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "PAYOUTS: Display of All Payouts from Waitrons Float or Code.",
                            "content": "PAYOUTS: All payouts made from waitrons float or on his code will be displayed in this block.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:034:014:000",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 1,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Deductions: Display of Pre-Set Deductions in Second Block.",
                            "content": "DEDUCTIONS: Any pre \u2013 set deductions will be displayed in the second block.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:034:014:001",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 2,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Staff member details displayed upon selection for cash up.",
                            "content": "When you have selected the staff member to cash up, you will see their name, staff number, login and logout time.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:034:014:002",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 3,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Payment details: Categorized transactions for the staff member.",
                            "content": "PAYMENT DETAILS: All the recorded transactions for this staff member will be displayed in this column categorized by paytypes.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:034:014:003",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 4,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Summary of Cash Amount Calculation and Payment to Business.",
                            "content": "SUMMARY: You can now see the cash amount \u2013 payouts + deductions will give you the NET amount due to the business. Net cash is what the Cashier should pay you at the end of their shift.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:034:014:004",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 5,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "PRINT CASHUP ICON FUNCTIONALITY.",
                            "content": "PRINT CASHUP: This icon allows you to print the cash up.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:034:014:005",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 6,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "EXIT: Completion of Cashup Procedure.",
                            "content": "EXIT: When you have completed your cashup procedure.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:034:014:006",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 7,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Option to Print Detailed or Total Voids, Discounts, Payouts, and Deductions.",
                            "content": "This gives you the option to print voids and discounts in detail or you can select to print only the totals. The same option is available for payouts and deductions.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:034:014:007",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 8,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Voids and Discounts Display During Shift.",
                            "content": "VOIDS & DISCOUNTS: Any voids and discounts done during the shift will now be displayed in this block.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:034:014:008",
                            "children": []
                        }
                    ]
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 35,
            "title": "Staff Cash-up:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:035",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Instructions to Access Staff Cash-up on POS Screen.",
                    "content": "In the POS screen, click on the icon on the far left top corner that says \u2018Staff Cash-up\u2019.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:035:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Navigation to Staff Cash-up Screen with Column Overview:",
                    "content": "It will take you to a screen that has three columns with different colours and headings:",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:035:001",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- STILL WORKING: Definition and Explanation.",
                            "content": "- STILL WORKING: means that a staff member still has open tables or has not logged out.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:035:001:000",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 1,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- Definition of Not Cashed Up.",
                            "content": "- NOT CASHED UP: Means that your waitron has logged out but has not yet been cashed up.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:035:001:001",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 2,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- CASHED UP: Staff Movement and Day End Requirement.",
                            "content": "- CASHED UP: All the staff will be moved to this column after they have cashed up. All staff should be in this column for you to be able to run day end.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:035:001:002",
                            "children": []
                        }
                    ]
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Location of Extra Feature Buttons:",
                    "content": "Below the columns are the buttons with extra features:",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:035:002",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- SHOW SUMMARY: Display of Staff Cash Up Figures.",
                            "content": "- SHOW SUMMARY: will show each staff member and their cash up figures. This can also be run at any time during the day.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:035:002:000",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 1,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- PRINT LIST: Printing the List of Staff Members Who Have Not Logged Out.",
                            "content": "- PRINT LIST: Allows you to print the list to see who has not been logged out.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:035:002:001",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 2,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- DO CASHUP: Opening the Waitron Cash Up Screen.",
                            "content": "- DO CASHUP: When selecting a staff member in the middle column you have to click on \u201cDo Cash-up\u201d. This will open the waitron cash up screen.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:035:002:002",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 3,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- EXIT: Option to exit the cash-up screen if no longer needed.",
                            "content": "- EXIT: If you no longer need to be in the cash - up screen you can Exit.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:035:002:003",
                            "children": []
                        }
                    ]
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Navigation to Staff Member's Cash-up Details.",
                    "content": "Once you have selected a staff member and clicked on \u2018Do Cash-up\u2019 it will take you to that staff member\u2019s particular details for the shift that they have preformed.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:035:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Overview of Staff Member Cash-Up Features:",
                    "content": "In the staff members cashup you may view important features such as:",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:035:004",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- Log in, log out times, and total hours worked.",
                            "content": "- The log in and log out time and the total hours worked.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:035:004:000",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 1,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- Payment details: cash, credit card, and non-banking.",
                            "content": "- The payment details, such as cash, credit card and non banking.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:035:004:001",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 2,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- Payouts Made on Staff Members' Names.",
                            "content": "- Any payouts done on the staff members name.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:035:004:002",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 3,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- Deductions and earnings records.",
                            "content": "- Any deductions or earnings done.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:035:004:003",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 4,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- Voids and Discounts Viewable on Staff Members' Tables.",
                            "content": "- Any voids and discounts for the user to view, done on the staff members tables.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:035:004:004",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 5,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- Summary of net cash for staff member hand-in.",
                            "content": "- The summary will show you the net cash that the staff member has to hand in.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:035:004:005",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 6,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- Printing the Cashup Summary.",
                            "content": "- You may print the cashup as well, by selecting the button to the right.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:035:004:006",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 7,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "- Process for cashing up staff member and proceeding to the next.",
                            "content": "- By clicking on \u2018Exit\u2019 this will allow the staff member to be cashed up; you may then proceed to the next staff member.",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:035:004:007",
                            "children": []
                        }
                    ]
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 36,
            "title": "Final Cash-Up:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:036",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Definition of Actual and Reconciliation with Computer Amount.",
                    "content": "ACTUAL: Refers to what you have on hand. You will need to check all slips to correspond with the computer amount.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:036:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Definition of Non-Banking Amounts and Examples.",
                    "content": "NON BANKING: Refers to any amount that you have not, nor will you ever receive payments for. E.g. Promotions, waste etc.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:036:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "COMPUTER: Calculated Amounts Based on Daily Recorded Information.",
                    "content": "COMPUTER: These amounts are the calculated amounts based on information recorded by the computer throughout the day. Ideally your \u201cactual\u201d figures should balance with these.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:036:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "CASH PAYOUTS: Daily Payout Summary and Detailed View.",
                    "content": "CASH PAYOUTS: All the payouts you have made during the day. When clicking on \u2018Show Payout Details\u2019 a full description of all the payouts will appear.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:036:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "BALANCING: Calculation of Difference Between Actual and Computer Values.",
                    "content": "BALANCING: This will calculate the difference between \u2018Actual \u2018and \u2018Computer\u201d Either with a under by, Over by or Balanced Solution.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:036:004",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 5,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "CANCEL: Exit without saving changes.",
                    "content": "CANCEL: Select the cancel button to exit without saving.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:036:005",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 6,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "SAVE AND EXIT: Saving Cash Up Details and Exiting.",
                    "content": "SAVE AND EXIT: Once you have completed the cash up and are ready to save it.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:036:006",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 7,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "PRINT REPORT: Functionality to Print Cash Up Details.",
                    "content": "PRINT REPORT: Allows you print cash up details.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:036:007",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 8,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "REPRINT: Option to Reprint Previous Days' Cash Up with Date Selection.",
                    "content": "REPRINT: This allows you to reprint a previous days cash up. You will be given a selection of available dates.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:036:008",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 9,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Entering Accumulated Cash from Cashiers.",
                    "content": "When counting the accumulated cash from the cashiers, it should be entered in the relevant window. Click on the white block next to your domination and type in the amount you have counted. E.g. If you counted R1000.00 in R200.00 you will enter 1000.00.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:036:009",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 10,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "CREDIT CARD: Total from Credit Card Slips per Machine Summary Printout.",
                    "content": "CREDIT CARD: Should be the total your credit card slips as per the summary printout from your credit card machine. Print out a summary report from the CC Machine.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:036:010",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 11,
                    "title": "Final Cash-up:",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:036:011",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Final Cash-up Procedure After Staff Cash-up.",
                            "content": "Once you have cashed up all the staff members for the day\u2019s trade, you may then proceed to do a \u2018Final Cash-up\u2019.",
                            "type": "container",
                            "path": "000:036:011:000",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "index": 0,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "1.) Verify and Correct Date for Final Cash-up.",
                                    "content": "1.) Ensure that the day is correct, by checking on the date in the right top corner. If the date is incorrect, click on the button located beneath it, \u2018Change Date\u2019 and select the appropriate date.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:036:011:000:000",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 1,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "2.) COMPUTER block: Calculated amounts based on daily recorded information.",
                                    "content": "2.) In the block COMPUTER: These amounts are the calculated amounts based on information recorded by the computer throughout the day. Ideally your \u201cactual\u201d figures should balance with these.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:036:011:000:001",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 2,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "3.) ACTUAL: Definition and Verification of On-Hand Amounts.",
                                    "content": "3.) ACTUAL: Refers to what you have on hand. You will need to check all slips to correspond with the computer amount.",
                                    "type": "container",
                                    "path": "000:036:011:000:002",
                                    "children": [
                                        {
                                            "index": 0,
                                            "title": "",
                                            "name": "- CASH: Procedure for Entering Accumulated Cash from Service Staff.",
                                            "content": "- CASH: When counting the accumulated cash from the service staff, it should be entered in the relevant window. Click on the white block next to your domination and type in the amount you have counted. E.g. If you counted R1000.00 in R200.00 you will enter 1000.00.",
                                            "type": "body",
                                            "path": "000:036:011:000:002:000",
                                            "children": []
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "index": 1,
                                            "title": "",
                                            "name": "- CREDIT CARD: Total from Credit Card Slips per Summary Printout.",
                                            "content": "- CREDIT CARD: Should be the total your credit card slips as per the summary printout from your credit card machine. Print out a summary report from the CC Machine.",
                                            "type": "body",
                                            "path": "000:036:011:000:002:001",
                                            "children": []
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "index": 2,
                                            "title": "",
                                            "name": "- NON BANKING: Definition and Examples of Non-Receivable Amounts",
                                            "content": "- NON BANKING: Refers to any amount that you have not, nor will you ever receive payments for. E.g. Promotions, waste etc...",
                                            "type": "body",
                                            "path": "000:036:011:000:002:002",
                                            "children": []
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "index": 3,
                                            "title": "",
                                            "name": "- CASH PAYOUTS: Daily Payout Summary and Details.",
                                            "content": "- CASH PAYOUTS: All the payouts you have made during the day. When clicking on \u2018Show Payout Details\u2019 a full description of all the payouts will appear for you to view.",
                                            "type": "body",
                                            "path": "000:036:011:000:002:003",
                                            "children": []
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "index": 4,
                                            "title": "",
                                            "name": "- Summary of Staff Earnings, Breakages, and Levy.",
                                            "content": "- At the bottom of the actual screen will show you all the staff earnings, breakages as well as the Levy.",
                                            "type": "body",
                                            "path": "000:036:011:000:002:004",
                                            "children": []
                                        }
                                    ]
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 3,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "4.) BALANCING: Calculation of Difference Between Actual and Computer Earnings.",
                                    "content": "4.) BALANCING: This will calculate the difference between \u2018Actual \u2018and \u2018Computer\u201d Either with a Under by, Over by or Balanced Solution.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:036:011:000:003",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 4,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "5.) REPRINT: Reprinting Previous Day\u2019s Cash-Up.",
                                    "content": "5.) REPRINT: This allows you to reprint a previous day\u2019s cash-up. You will be given a selection of available dates.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:036:011:000:004",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 5,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "6.) PRINT REPORT: Printing Cash-Up Details.",
                                    "content": "6.) PRINT REPORT: Allows you print cash-up details.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:036:011:000:005",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 6,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "7.) SAVE AND EXIT: Completing and saving the cash-up.",
                                    "content": "7.) SAVE AND EXIT: Once you have completed the cash-up and are ready to save it.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:036:011:000:006",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 7,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "8.) CANCEL: Exit without saving.",
                                    "content": "8.) CANCEL: Select the cancel button to exit without saving.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:036:011:000:007",
                                    "children": []
                                }
                            ]
                        }
                    ]
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 37,
            "title": "Day End procedures:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "container",
            "path": "000:037",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.",
                    "content": "The day end procedure should be run daily; the reason for doing a day end is to separate the figures so reports can be produced from day to day.",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:037:000",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "1.) Initiating the Day End Procedure by Clicking the \u2018Dayend\u2019 Icon",
                            "content": "1.) Begin by clicking on the icon \u2018Dayend\u2019",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:037:000:000",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 1,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "2.) Selecting the report dates",
                            "content": "2.) Next, select the report date -TODAYS date. Then select the next report date, your next trading day",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:037:000:001",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 2,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "3.) Pressing the DO DAY END Button after Entering Dates",
                            "content": "3.) Once you have entered in the correct dates - Press the DO DAY END button",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:037:000:002",
                            "children": []
                        },
                        {
                            "index": 3,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "4.) Cancel to exit without completing the day end procedure",
                            "content": "4.) Cancel to exit without completing the day end procedure",
                            "type": "body",
                            "path": "000:037:000:003",
                            "children": []
                        }
                    ]
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "Notification of Successful Day End Completion.",
                    "content": "A message will be displayed to inform the user that the day end has successfully been completed.",
                    "type": "body",
                    "path": "000:037:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "Day End procedures:",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "",
                    "type": "container",
                    "path": "000:037:002",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "index": 0,
                            "title": "",
                            "name": "Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.",
                            "content": "The day end procedure should be run daily; the reason for doing a day end is to separate the figures so reports can be produced from day to day.",
                            "type": "container",
                            "path": "000:037:002:000",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "index": 0,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "1.) Initiating Day End Procedure After Final Cashup",
                                    "content": "1.) Once a \u2018Final Cashup\u2019 is done you may then proceed to do a \u2018Day End\u2019. Click on the icon \u2018Day end\u2019",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:037:002:000:000",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 1,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "2.) Verify and Confirm Report Dates for Next Day's Trading.",
                                    "content": "2.) Next ensure that the report dates are correct. Check that the day for the next reported day end is the next day\u2019s trading.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:037:002:000:001",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 2,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "3.) Pressing the \u2018Do Dayend\u2019 Button After Entering Correct Dates.",
                                    "content": "3.) Once you have entered in the correct dates. Press the \u2018Do Dayend\u2019 button.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:037:002:000:002",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 3,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "4.) Cancel button exits day end procedure without completion.",
                                    "content": "4.) By clicking on \u2018Cancel\u2019 it will then exit the day end procedure and not complete the day end.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:037:002:000:003",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 4,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "5.) Backup of Information to BOH History Reports Upon Day End Button Click.",
                                    "content": "5.) Once the day end button has been clicked the computer will start to back up all the required information to be located in your BOH History reports.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:037:002:000:004",
                                    "children": []
                                },
                                {
                                    "index": 5,
                                    "title": "",
                                    "name": "6.) Notification of Successful Day End Completion.",
                                    "content": "6.) A message will be displayed to inform the user that the say end has successfully been completed.",
                                    "type": "body",
                                    "path": "000:037:002:000:005",
                                    "children": []
                                }
                            ]
                        }
                    ]
                }
            ]
        },
        {
            "index": 38,
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "type": "other",
            "path": "000:038",
            "children": [
                {
                    "index": 0,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "1 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:000",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 1,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "TRAINING MANUAL",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:001",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 2,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "VERSION : 1:4:1536",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:002",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 3,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "2 | P a g e\n4 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:003",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 4,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "5 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:004",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 5,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "6 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:005",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 6,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "7 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:006",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 7,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "8 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:007",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 8,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "9 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:008",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 9,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "10 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:009",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 10,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "11 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:010",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 11,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "12 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:011",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 12,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "13 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:012",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 13,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "14 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:013",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 14,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "15 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:014",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 15,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "16 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:015",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 16,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "17 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:016",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 17,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "18 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:017",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 18,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "19 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:018",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 19,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "20 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:019",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 20,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "21 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:020",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 21,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "22 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:021",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 22,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "23 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:022",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 23,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "24 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:023",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 24,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "25 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:024",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 25,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "26 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:025",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 26,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "27 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:026",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 27,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "28 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:027",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 28,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "29 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:028",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 29,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "30 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:029",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 30,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "31 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:030",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 31,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "32 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:031",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 32,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "33 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:032",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 33,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "34 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:033",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 34,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "35 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:034",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 35,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "36 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:035",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 36,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "37 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:036",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 37,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "38 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:037",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 38,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "(See next page)",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:038",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 39,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "39 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:039",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 40,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "40 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:040",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 41,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "41 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:041",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 42,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "42 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:042",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 43,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "43 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:043",
                    "children": []
                },
                {
                    "index": 44,
                    "title": "",
                    "name": "",
                    "content": "44 | P a g e",
                    "type": "other",
                    "path": "000:038:044",
                    "children": []
                }
            ]
        }
    ]
}

05-knowledge-items.json

[
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Point of Sale",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Point of Sale\n   - Default Display of POS Screen When System is Idle.\n   - Overview of Regularly Used Functions Icons at the Top of the Screen.\n   POS Icon Descriptions\n     - STAFF CASHUP FUNCTION FOR WAITRONS END OF SHIFT.\n     - DAY END FUNCTION This function is executed at the end of each trading day to finalize and clear the day\u2019s financial figures.\n     - ACCOUNTING FUNCTION FOR DEBTORS AND CREDITORS MANAGEMENT.\n     - STAFF LOG Allows you to see \u201cLog In\u201d and \u201cLog Out\u201d times for individual staff members.\n     - REPRINT A BILL FUNCTIONALITY.\n     - PRICING LEVELS This allows you to have different prices on selected menu items on certain days at specific pre-set times.\n     - FINAL CASH UP PROCEDURE.\n     - PAY OUTS MANAGEMENT.\n     - REBUILD TABLES Updates and reconstructs all table files.\n     - LOYALTY FUNCTION USAGE AND CLIENT DATA MANAGEMENT.\n     - TURNOVER REPORT Description of functionality for real-time turnover checking.\n     - STAFF REPORT This report lists all the staff cash-up details for the day.\n     - LOG All actions in Point of Sale for the last month are recorded in this log.\n     - DISABLE ITEMS AND QUANTITY LIMITS.\n     - WEB BROWSER ACCESS FOR AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL.\n     - Drawer setup security feature for select staff access.\n   - Description of Number Pad and Edit Box for Code Entry.\n   How to log in and log out\n     1. ) Accessing the Login\/Logout Function on the POS Screen.\n     2. ) User authentication via code entry or fingerprint reader.\n     3. ) User Access to POS Features and Order Management Upon Login.\n     4. ) End of Day Logout and Limited Post-Logout Functions.\n     How to Log In and Log Out:\n   - Button to Exit POS Below Number Pad.\n   Invoice Screen Information\n     8. ) Screen Info: Invoice Screen Functionality and Header Toolbar Details.\n     3. ) CV: Covers of People at the Table\n     5. ) TN: Terminal Number Assignment for POS Machine\n     2. ) Cashier: Staff Member Assignment for the Table\n     6. ) Invoice Number: Unique Identifier for Each Bill\/Invoice and Month-End Clearing\n     7. ) Date & Time: Importance of Accurate Computer Time for Kitchen Order Management\n     4. ) Invoice Total Calculation and Display\n     1. ) Table: Number allocated to the active table\n     10. ) The Menu Items: Process for Entering Customer Orders\n     9. ) Touch screen department buttons based on menu layout\n     The Invoice Screen Information:\n   - Function of the Login\/Logout Button for Staff.\n   Ringing up an Order:\n     Location of the rung-up items list.\n     Menu Items Status Indication\n     Ordering of Items Upon Subtotal or Exit Action\n     User can modify order items before submission to service printers\n     Adding Items to an existing Order:\n   - Function of Cancel Button in Clearing the Edit Box.\n   Printer Output Limitation for Item Color Coding\n   - Status bar details at the bottom of the screen :\n     -- Date and Time: Source from Windows Date and Time.\n     -- Terminal No: Unique Terminal Number Requirement.\n     -- Version Number: Importance and Update Mechanism.\n     -- Current Day: User-Chosen Date for Day-End Reporting.\n     -- DRN: Unique Identification and Theft Prevention for Daily Report Numbers.\n     -- Expiry: Software License Expiration and Renewal.\n   Ringing up and adding to an Existing order.\n     1. ) Overview of Rung Up Items and Their Editable Status.\n     2. ) Ordering Items through Subtotal Button or Table Exit.\n     3. ) Change of Item Status to Green and Authorization for Modifications.\n     4. ) New items can be added and modified until the subtotal button is pressed.\n     5. ) Printer Output Limited to Items Highlighted in White.\n   Message:\n     1. ) Adding Messages to Menu Items for Service Instructions\n     2. ) Process for Adding and Editing Messages for Menu Items\n   The Prep Screen:\n     Prompt for Prep Screen Selection for Items with Attached Prep Screens\n     Use of the \"Door Button\" (Exit Button) on Prep Screens After Making Selections.\n     Instructions for Exiting the Prep Screen Without Making a Selection\n     Selected items from the prep screen will be listed and printed on the kitchen slip\n     Writing Messages :\n   Prep Screens:\n     1. ) Definition and Appearance of Prep Screens.\n     2. ) Prompt for Selection from Prep Screen for Menu Items with Instructions.\n     3. ) Instructions for Using the Door Button (Exit Button) on Prep Screens.\n     4. ) Selected items from the prep screen will display in the menu items list and print on the kitchen slip.\n   Using the Quantity Button:\n     Functionality of the QUANTITY Button for Multiple Item Selection.\n     Update of Quantity and Selling Price Display.\n     Impact of Using Prep Screen on Quantity Button Functionality.\n     Using the Quantity Button:\n   Voiding Items:\n     1. ) Number pad display for voiding multiple item quantities.\n     2. ) Voiding Items: Removal and Confirmation Process.\n     3. ) Use of the VOID Button to Remove Items from Invoice or Table.\n     4. ) Security Setup for Voiding Items: Staff and Managerial Permissions.\n     5. ) Difference in Handling Voided Items: Green vs. White.\n     Voiding Items:\n   Price Override:\n     1. ) Introduction to Price Override for Adjusting Selling Prices.\n     2. ) Options for Price Override: Percentage Discount or Amount Adjustment.\n     3. ) User Input and Discount Reason Selection for Price Override.\n     Using The Price Override Feature:\n   Printing of line discount slip after price override finalization.\n   Adjusting POS display:\n     User Instructions for Adjusting Menu Item Display\n     Adjusting the POS display:\n   Splitting a Table:\n     Purpose of the Change\/Split Table Feature.\n     Overview of Change\/Split Table Interface Layout.\n     Splitting a table:\n   Processing Payment \u2018FAST CASH\u2019:\n     Fast Cash Button for Cash-Only Payments.\n     Number pad for entering cash payment amounts.\n     Automatic Cash Note Entry for Streamlined Processing.\n     Continuation to Next Order.\n     Processing Payment: \u2018SUBTOTAL\u2019\n   Replacement of Touch Screen Departments and Menu Buttons with Paytypes and Special Record List.\n     2. ) Process credit card payments and record transaction\n     1. ) Cash Paytype Alternative to FAST CASH Button\n     3. ) Definition of Promotions and Discounts for Clients\n     4. ) Discounted meals for staff and management and reporting in HISTORY reports\n     5. ) Waste and Return: Recording Customer Returned Meals for Stock Balancing\n     6. ) Voucher Issuance and Redemption as a Payment Type.\n   Visibility of Quantity and Mix of Items in HISTORY Reports\n   Processing Payments:\n     Payment Processing Features: Fast Cash and Subtotal Button.\n     Fast Cash:\n     Using the Subtotal Feature:\n   Final Discounts:\n     1. ) Instructions for Accessing the Discount Button\n     2. ) Display of Discount Options in Percentage or Amount\n     3. ) Number pad appearance for entering discount amount\n     4. ) Display of Discounted Amount in Paytype Field\n     5. ) Proceeding to the payment type for bill closure\n     NOTE: Discount Application on Sub-Totalled Screen for Entire Bill Value\n   Final Discounts:\n     1. ) Instructions for Accessing the Discount Button.\n     2. ) Display of Discount Options in Percentage or Amount.\n     3. ) Number pad appearance for entering discount amount.\n     4. ) Display of Discounted Amount in Paytype Field.\n     5. ) Proceeding to the Payment Type to Close the Bill.\n     NOTE: Discount Calculation on the Sub-Totalled Screen.\n   Print last Receipt:\n     Print Last Feature for Invoicing.\n     Print last Receipt:\n   Print Last Feature for Invoices.\n   Disabling Print Last Feature for Waitrons\/Cashiers.\n   Invoice Recall:\n     1. ) Instructions to Access Invoice Recall Feature\n     2. ) Selecting the Invoice by Unique Number for Same-Day Recall.\n     3. ) Confirmation Query for Bill Deletion and Editing.\n     4. ) Invoice Processing and Payment Options.\n     NOTE: Attachment of Slips and Refund\/Charge Procedures for Invoice Adjustments\n   Invoice Recall:\n     1. ) Accessing the Invoice Recall Feature\n     2. ) Selecting an Invoice by Unique Number for Same-Day Recall.\n     3. ) Confirmation Query for Bill Deletion and Editing.\n     4. ) Invoice Processing and Payment Instructions.\n     NOTE: Attachment of Slips and Refund\/Charge Procedures for Invoice Adjustments.\n   Payouts:\n     Purpose of Payouts from Daily Takings ...\n     List of Payouts Since Last Day-End\n     Finalizing the Payout and Printing the Payout Slip\n     Enter reason for payout \u2013 Prompting keyboard via down arrow selection\n     Enter reference or invoice number for payout\n     Entry of payout amount as a positive value\n     Assignment of Payout to Responsible Cashier\n     Payouts:\n   Staff Cash \u2013 up:\n     Definition of Not Cashed Up\n     CASHED UP: Staff Movement and Day End Requirements.\n     STILL WORKING: Definition of Staff Member Status with Open Tables or Incomplete Logout\n     PRINT LIST: Functionality to print a list of staff members who are not logged out\n     SHOW SUMMARY: Overview of Staff Cash Up Figures Availability\n     DO CASHUP: Procedure to Access Waitron Cash Up Screen.\n     Reference to Additional Instructions on Next Page.\n     Exit option for cash-up screen.\n     CASHED UP: Staff Transition and Day End Requirement.\n     STILL WORKING: Definition of Staff Members with Open Tables or Not Logged Out.\n     PRINT LIST: Functionality to Print Unlogged Staff List.\n     SHOW SUMMARY: Overview of Staff Cash Up Figures Available Anytime.\n     DO CASHUP: Accessing the Waitron Cash Up Screen.\n     Exit option for cash-up screen.\n     Staff Cash \u2013 up:\n   Staff Cash-up:\n     Instructions to Access Staff Cash-up on POS Screen.\n     Navigation to Staff Cash-up Screen with Column Overview :\n     Location of Extra Feature Buttons :\n     Navigation to Staff Member's Cash-up Details.\n     Overview of Staff Member Cash-Up Features :\n   Final Cash-Up:\n     Definition of Actual and Reconciliation with Computer Amount.\n     Definition of Non-Banking Amounts and Examples.\n     COMPUTER: Calculated Amounts Based on Daily Recorded Information.\n     CASH PAYOUTS: Daily Payout Summary and Detailed View.\n     BALANCING: Calculation of Difference Between Actual and Computer Values.\n     CANCEL: Exit without saving changes.\n     SAVE AND EXIT: Saving Cash Up Details and Exiting.\n     PRINT REPORT: Functionality to Print Cash Up Details.\n     REPRINT: Option to Reprint Previous Days' Cash Up with Date Selection.\n     Entering Accumulated Cash from Cashiers.\n     CREDIT CARD: Total from Credit Card Slips per Machine Summary Printout.\n     Final Cash-up:\n   Day End procedures:\n     Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.\n     Notification of Successful Day End Completion.\n     Day End procedures:",
            "path": "000",
            "parentPath": "",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Default Display of POS Screen When System is Idle.",
            "content": "- The POS screen is the first screen the users will see when the system is not in use. It should be left in the POS screen.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:000",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Overview of Regularly Used Functions Icons at the Top of the Screen.",
            "content": "- At the top of the screen you will notice a few icons; these are functions that are used regularly. We will go through each one of these options and cover it in more detail later on in the manual.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:001",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "POS Icon Descriptions\n   - STAFF CASHUP FUNCTION FOR WAITRONS END OF SHIFT.\n   - DAY END FUNCTION This function is executed at the end of each trading day to finalize and clear the day\u2019s financial figures.\n   - ACCOUNTING FUNCTION FOR DEBTORS AND CREDITORS MANAGEMENT.\n   - STAFF LOG Allows you to see \u201cLog In\u201d and \u201cLog Out\u201d times for individual staff members.\n   - REPRINT A BILL FUNCTIONALITY.\n   - PRICING LEVELS This allows you to have different prices on selected menu items on certain days at specific pre-set times.\n   - FINAL CASH UP PROCEDURE.\n   - PAY OUTS MANAGEMENT.\n   - REBUILD TABLES Updates and reconstructs all table files.\n   - LOYALTY FUNCTION USAGE AND CLIENT DATA MANAGEMENT.\n   - TURNOVER REPORT Description of functionality for real-time turnover checking.\n   - STAFF REPORT This report lists all the staff cash-up details for the day.\n   - LOG All actions in Point of Sale for the last month are recorded in this log.\n   - DISABLE ITEMS AND QUANTITY LIMITS.\n   - WEB BROWSER ACCESS FOR AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL.\n   - Drawer setup security feature for select staff access.",
            "path": "000:002",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- STAFF CASHUP FUNCTION FOR WAITRONS END OF SHIFT.",
            "content": "- STAFF CASHUP\nThis function is used to cash up all waitrons at the end of their shift.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:002:000",
            "parentPath": "000:002",
            "parentName": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- DAY END FUNCTION This function is executed at the end of each trading day to finalize and clear the day\u2019s financial figures.",
            "content": "- DAY END\nThis is run at the end of every day\u2019s trade to clear the day\u2019s figures.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:002:001",
            "parentPath": "000:002",
            "parentName": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- ACCOUNTING FUNCTION FOR DEBTORS AND CREDITORS MANAGEMENT.",
            "content": "- ACCOUNTING\nThis function manages your Debtors and Creditors.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:002:002",
            "parentPath": "000:002",
            "parentName": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- STAFF LOG Allows you to see \u201cLog In\u201d and \u201cLog Out\u201d times for individual staff members.",
            "content": "- STAFF LOG\nAllows you to see \u201cLog In\u201d and \u201cLog Out\u201d times for individual staff members.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:002:003",
            "parentPath": "000:002",
            "parentName": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- REPRINT A BILL FUNCTIONALITY",
            "content": "- REPRINT A BILL\nAllows you to reprint any recorded bill for a specified month.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:002:004",
            "parentPath": "000:002",
            "parentName": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- PRICING LEVELS This allows you to have different prices on selected menu items on certain days at specific pre-set times.",
            "content": "- PRICING LEVELS\nThis allows you to have different prices on selected menu items on certain days at specific pre-set times.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:002:005",
            "parentPath": "000:002",
            "parentName": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- FINAL CASH UP PROCEDURE",
            "content": "- FINAL CASH UP\nThis is done at the end of every day\u2019s trade, in order to balance the day\u2019s taking.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:002:006",
            "parentPath": "000:002",
            "parentName": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 6,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- PAY OUTS MANAGEMENT",
            "content": "- PAY OUTS\nManages all cash paid out of your business either from a float or a cash register.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:002:007",
            "parentPath": "000:002",
            "parentName": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 7,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- REBUILD TABLES Updates and reconstructs all table files.",
            "content": "- REBUILD TABLES\nUpdates and reconstructs all table files.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:002:008",
            "parentPath": "000:002",
            "parentName": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 8,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- LOYALTY FUNCTION USAGE AND CLIENT DATA MANAGEMENT",
            "content": "- LOYALTY\nIs best used in conjunction with a legitimate loyalty program. Alternatively this function can be used to manage client data and discounts.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:002:009",
            "parentPath": "000:002",
            "parentName": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 9,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- TURNOVER REPORT Description of functionality for real-time turnover checking.",
            "content": "- TURNOVER REPORT\nAllows you to check the turnover at any time of the day.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:002:010",
            "parentPath": "000:002",
            "parentName": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 10,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- STAFF REPORT This report lists all the staff cash-up details for the day.",
            "content": "- STAFF REPORT\nThis report list all the staff cash up details for the day.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:002:011",
            "parentPath": "000:002",
            "parentName": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 11,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- LOG All actions in Point of Sale for the last month are recorded in this log.",
            "content": "- LOG\nAll actions in Point of Sale for the last month are recorded in this log.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:002:012",
            "parentPath": "000:002",
            "parentName": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 12,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- DISABLE ITEMS AND QUANTITY LIMITS",
            "content": "- DISABLE ITEMS\nThis is where limited available selling quantities for specific menu items are set. You can also disable menu items in a list format here.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:002:013",
            "parentPath": "000:002",
            "parentName": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 13,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- WEB BROWSER ACCESS FOR AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL.",
            "content": "- WEB BROWSER\nAllows authorized personnel access to permitted sites on the internet.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:002:014",
            "parentPath": "000:002",
            "parentName": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 14,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Drawer setup security feature for select staff access.",
            "content": "- DRAWER SETUP\nThis is a security feature for select staff to open the till drawers.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:002:015",
            "parentPath": "000:002",
            "parentName": "POS Icon Descriptions",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 15,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Description of Number Pad and Edit Box for Code Entry.",
            "content": "- In the middle of the screen there is a number pad with an edit box above it. The number pad is where the user enters their code.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:003",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "How to log in and log out",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "How to log in and log out\n   1. ) Accessing the Login\/Logout Function on the POS Screen.\n   2. ) User authentication via code entry or fingerprint reader.\n   3. ) User Access to POS Features and Order Management Upon Login.\n   4. ) End of Day Logout and Limited Post-Logout Functions.\n   How to Log In and Log Out:\n     1. ) Tapping the 'LOG IN LOG OUT' Button on the POS Screen.\n     2. ) User authentication via code entry or fingerprint scanning.\n     3. ) User can open a table and place orders after logging in.\n     4. ) POS Features Usage: Payouts, Turnover Report, and Staff Log.\n     5. ) End of Shift Procedures and Final Cash Up.\n     Opening a new table:\n     Opening a new Table:",
            "path": "000:004",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Accessing the Login\/Logout Function on the POS Screen.",
            "content": "1.) In the POS screen, press on \u201cLogin \/Logout \u201c.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:000",
            "parentPath": "000:004",
            "parentName": "How to log in and log out",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) User authentication via code entry or fingerprint reader.",
            "content": "2.) Enter the user code and press enter or place your access finger on the Finger print reader.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:001",
            "parentPath": "000:004",
            "parentName": "How to log in and log out",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) User Access to POS Features and Order Management Upon Login.",
            "content": "3.) Once logged in, the user can proceed to open a table and start to ring up orders or use the POS features like Payouts and Turnover report for example.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:002",
            "parentPath": "000:004",
            "parentName": "How to log in and log out",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) End of Day Logout and Limited Post-Logout Functions.",
            "content": "4.) At the end of the day the user can follow steps 1 & 2 again and the user will then be logged out. When logged out, the user can only perform a cash-up, a final cash-up and a day-end.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:003",
            "parentPath": "000:004",
            "parentName": "How to log in and log out",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "How to Log In and Log Out:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "How to Log In and Log Out:\n   1. ) Tapping the 'LOG IN LOG OUT' Button on the POS Screen.\n   2. ) User authentication via code entry or fingerprint scanning.\n   3. ) User can open a table and place orders after logging in.\n   4. ) POS Features Usage: Payouts, Turnover Report, and Staff Log.\n   5. ) End of Shift Procedures and Final Cash Up.\n   Opening a new table:\n     1. ) Fingerprint Authentication for Accessing Table Screen.\n     2. ) Overview of the Table Screen and Quick Table Creation.\n     3. ) Transition to Ordering Screen After Clicking \u201cQuick Table\u201d.\n     Take-away instruction for new table.\n     Delivery instruction table opening.\n     EAT-IN: Instruction for Opening a New Table.\n     4. ) Alternative method to open a new table for transaction.\n   Opening a new Table:\n     1. ) Fingerprint Access to Table Screen.\n     2. ) Overview of the Table Screen and Quick Table Functionality.\n     3. ) Navigation of Tabs Next to Quick Table :\n     4. ) Proceeding to the ordering screen after selecting an instruction.\n     5. ) Alternative method to proceed to the delivery of the table.",
            "path": "000:004:004",
            "parentPath": "000:004",
            "parentName": "How to log in and log out",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Tapping the 'LOG IN LOG OUT' Button on the POS Screen.",
            "content": "1.) In the POS screen tap on the button on the numeric pad \u2018LOG IN LOG OUT\u2019.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:000",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004",
            "parentName": "How to Log In and Log Out:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) User authentication via code entry or fingerprint scanning.",
            "content": "2.) Enter your user code if applicable and tap enter or alternately place your registered finger on the finger print reader.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:001",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004",
            "parentName": "How to Log In and Log Out:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) User can open a table and place orders after logging in.",
            "content": "3.) Once logged in the user can then proceed to open a table and place orders.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:002",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004",
            "parentName": "How to Log In and Log Out:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) POS Features Usage: Payouts, Turnover Report, and Staff Log.",
            "content": "4.) Or the user may use the POS features like :Payouts, Turnover report and Staff Log for example.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:003",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004",
            "parentName": "How to Log In and Log Out:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "5.) End of Shift Procedures and Final Cash Up.",
            "content": "5.) At the end of the user\u2019s shift, they may then follow step 1 and 2 again and the user will then be logged out. When logged out the user can then be cashed up and a final cash up can be performed, followed by a day end.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:004",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004",
            "parentName": "How to Log In and Log Out:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Opening a new table:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Opening a new table:\n   1. ) Fingerprint Authentication for Accessing Table Screen.\n   2. ) Overview of the Table Screen and Quick Table Creation.\n   3. ) Transition to Ordering Screen After Clicking \u201cQuick Table\u201d.\n   Take-away instruction for new table.\n   Delivery instruction table opening.\n   EAT-IN: Instruction for Opening a New Table.\n   4. ) Alternative method to open a new table for transaction.",
            "path": "000:004:004:005",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004",
            "parentName": "How to Log In and Log Out:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Fingerprint Authentication for Accessing Table Screen.",
            "content": "1.) In the POS Screen on the number pad in front of you, place your fingerprint to give you access to the Table screen.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:005:000",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004:005",
            "parentName": "Opening a new table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Overview of the Table Screen and Quick Table Creation.",
            "content": "2.) The table screen is where the user interacts with the tables and creates new tables. To start a new quick table the user will click on the \u201cQuick Table\u201d button at the top of the screen to open a table with no relevant table number i.e. a take away sale.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:005:001",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004:005",
            "parentName": "Opening a new table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Transition to Ordering Screen After Clicking \u201cQuick Table\u201d.",
            "content": "3.) Once you have clicked on \u201cQuick Table\u201d you will then precede to the ordering screen.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:005:002",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004:005",
            "parentName": "Opening a new table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Take-away instruction for new table.",
            "content": "TAKE \u2013AWAY: Opens a new table with \u2018Take \u2013away\u2019 as the instruction.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:005:003",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004:005",
            "parentName": "Opening a new table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Delivery instruction table opening.",
            "content": "DELIVERY: Opens a new table with \u2018Delivery\u2019 as the instruction.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:005:004",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004:005",
            "parentName": "Opening a new table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "EAT-IN: Instruction for Opening a New Table.",
            "content": "EAT-IN: Opens a new table with \u2018Eat-In\u2019 as the instruction.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:005:005",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004:005",
            "parentName": "Opening a new table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Alternative method to open a new table for transaction.",
            "content": "4.) Alternatively you can click on \u2018New\u2019 and proceed to transact on the table.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:005:006",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004:005",
            "parentName": "Opening a new table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 6,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Opening a new Table:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Opening a new Table:\n   1. ) Fingerprint Access to Table Screen.\n   2. ) Overview of the Table Screen and Quick Table Functionality.\n   3. ) Navigation of Tabs Next to Quick Table :\n     - Take-Away Tab: Opens a New Table with Take-away Instruction.\n     - Delivery Instruction Table Opening.\n     - Eat-In: Open a new table with \"Eat-In\" instruction.\n   4. ) Proceeding to the ordering screen after selecting an instruction.\n   5. ) Alternative method to proceed to the delivery of the table.",
            "path": "000:004:004:006",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004",
            "parentName": "How to Log In and Log Out:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 6,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Fingerprint Access to Table Screen.",
            "content": "1.) In the POS Screen on the number pad in front of you, place your fingerprint to give you access to the Table screen.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:006:000",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004:006",
            "parentName": "Opening a new Table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Overview of the Table Screen and Quick Table Functionality.",
            "content": "2.) The table screen is where the user interacts with the tables and creates new tables. To start a new quick table the user will click on the \u201cQuick Table\u201d button at the top of the screen to open a table with no relevant table number i.e. a take away sale.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:006:001",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004:006",
            "parentName": "Opening a new Table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Navigation of Tabs Next to Quick Table:",
            "content": "3.) You can click on the three tabs located next to the Quick table tab:",
            "outline": "3. ) Navigation of Tabs Next to Quick Table :\n   - Take-Away Tab: Opens a New Table with Take-away Instruction.\n   - Delivery Instruction Table Opening.\n   - Eat-In: Open a new table with \"Eat-In\" instruction.",
            "path": "000:004:004:006:002",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004:006",
            "parentName": "Opening a new Table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Take-Away Tab: Opens a New Table with Take-away Instruction.",
            "content": "- Take- Away: Opens a new table with \u201cTake-away\u201d as the instruction.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:006:002:000",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004:006:002",
            "parentName": "3.) Navigation of Tabs Next to Quick Table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Delivery Instruction Table Opening.",
            "content": "- Delivery: Opens a new table with \u201cDelivery\u201d as the instruction.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:006:002:001",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004:006:002",
            "parentName": "3.) Navigation of Tabs Next to Quick Table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Eat-In: Open a new table with \"Eat-In\" instruction.",
            "content": "- Eat-In: Open a new table with \u201cEat-In\u201d as the instruction.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:006:002:002",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004:006:002",
            "parentName": "3.) Navigation of Tabs Next to Quick Table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Proceeding to the ordering screen after selecting an instruction.",
            "content": "4.) Once you have clicked on the relevant instruction you will then precede to the ordering screen.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:006:003",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004:006",
            "parentName": "Opening a new Table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "5.) Alternative method to proceed to the delivery of the table.",
            "content": "5.) Alternatively you can click on \u2018New\u2019 and proceed to the delivery of the table.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:004:004:006:004",
            "parentPath": "000:004:004:006",
            "parentName": "Opening a new Table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Button to Exit POS Below Number Pad.",
            "content": "- Below the number pad is a button with a door; this option is to exit the POS ( Point of Sale).",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:005",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Invoice Screen Information",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Invoice Screen Information\n   8. ) Screen Info: Invoice Screen Functionality and Header Toolbar Details.\n   3. ) CV: Covers of People at the Table\n   5. ) TN: Terminal Number Assignment for POS Machine\n   2. ) Cashier: Staff Member Assignment for the Table\n   6. ) Invoice Number: Unique Identifier for Each Bill\/Invoice and Month-End Clearing\n   7. ) Date & Time: Importance of Accurate Computer Time for Kitchen Order Management\n   4. ) Invoice Total Calculation and Display\n   1. ) Table: Number allocated to the active table\n   10. ) The Menu Items: Process for Entering Customer Orders\n   9. ) Touch screen department buttons based on menu layout\n   The Invoice Screen Information:\n     1. ) Table: Number allocated to the active table.\n     2. ) Cashier: Assigned staff member name.\n     3. ) CV: Covers of People at the Table.\n     4. ) Invoice Total: Rand value and real-time updates.\n     5. ) TN: Terminal Number Assignment for POS Machine.\n     6. ) Invoice Number: Unique Identifier for Each Bill and Monthly Clearing.\n     7. ) Date & Time: Source and Importance for Order Management\n     8. ) Screen Info: Invoice Screen and Header Toolbar Details.\n     9. ) Touch screen department buttons aligned with menu layout ...\n     10. ) Menu Items Entry and Selection Process.",
            "path": "000:006",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 6,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "8.) Screen Info: Invoice Screen Functionality and Header Toolbar Details.",
            "content": "8.) Screen Info: The invoice screen is where orders are placed. The header toolbar displays various information pertaining to the active table. Certain details are only updated when the user begins to order items.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:000",
            "parentPath": "000:006",
            "parentName": "Invoice Screen Information",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) CV: Covers of People at the Table",
            "content": "3.) CV: The Covers of people which are at the table",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:001",
            "parentPath": "000:006",
            "parentName": "Invoice Screen Information",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "5.) TN: Terminal Number Assignment for POS Machine",
            "content": "5.) TN: The Terminal number; this POS machine has been set to terminal No1 (also called Server 1)",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:002",
            "parentPath": "000:006",
            "parentName": "Invoice Screen Information",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Cashier: Staff Member Assignment for the Table",
            "content": "2.) Cashier: The name of the staff member the table has been assigned to",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:003",
            "parentPath": "000:006",
            "parentName": "Invoice Screen Information",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "6.) Invoice Number: Unique Identifier for Each Bill\/Invoice and Month-End Clearing",
            "content": "6.) Invoice Number: The Invoice number is a unique number given to each bill \/ invoice. This is once the user orders an item. The invoice number is cleared when the month-end is run",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:004",
            "parentPath": "000:006",
            "parentName": "Invoice Screen Information",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "7.) Date & Time: Importance of Accurate Computer Time for Kitchen Order Management",
            "content": "7.) Date & Time: The date and time is taken from the computers time in the setup in Windows. It is important for the date and time to be correct and synchronized as this is printed to the kitchen. The kitchen staff use these days and times to manage the orders",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:005",
            "parentPath": "000:006",
            "parentName": "Invoice Screen Information",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Invoice Total Calculation and Display",
            "content": "4.) Invoice Total: To the right of the covers is a Rand value. This is the total of the invoice and is updated as the items are rung up",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:006",
            "parentPath": "000:006",
            "parentName": "Invoice Screen Information",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 6,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Table: Number allocated to the active table",
            "content": "1.) Table: The number allocated to the active table",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:007",
            "parentPath": "000:006",
            "parentName": "Invoice Screen Information",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 7,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "10.) The Menu Items: Process for Entering Customer Orders",
            "content": "10.) The Menu Items: Located at the top right, is where the user will enter the items which the customer ordered. If you select the touch screen department \u201c330ml Cold drinks\u201d at the bottom of the page all the cold drinks that you have programmed in your menu items will appear in the menu items screen above. Simply select the items the client ordered by clicking on the relevant button and you will see the menu items appear on the left hand side of the screen",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:008",
            "parentPath": "000:006",
            "parentName": "Invoice Screen Information",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 8,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "9.) Touch screen department buttons based on menu layout",
            "content": "9.) The touch screen department buttons at the bottom of the screen is according to your menu layout. For example: Cold drinks, Salads, Desserts etc",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:009",
            "parentPath": "000:006",
            "parentName": "Invoice Screen Information",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 9,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "The Invoice Screen Information:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "The Invoice Screen Information:\n   1. ) Table: Number allocated to the active table.\n   2. ) Cashier: Assigned staff member name.\n   3. ) CV: Covers of People at the Table.\n   4. ) Invoice Total: Rand value and real-time updates.\n   5. ) TN: Terminal Number Assignment for POS Machine.\n   6. ) Invoice Number: Unique Identifier for Each Bill and Monthly Clearing.\n   7. ) Date & Time: Source and Importance for Order Management\n   8. ) Screen Info: Invoice Screen and Header Toolbar Details.\n   9. ) Touch screen department buttons aligned with menu layout ...\n   10. ) Menu Items Entry and Selection Process.",
            "path": "000:006:010",
            "parentPath": "000:006",
            "parentName": "Invoice Screen Information",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 10,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Table: Number allocated to the active table.",
            "content": "1.) Table: The number allocated to the active table.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:010:000",
            "parentPath": "000:006:010",
            "parentName": "The Invoice Screen Information:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Cashier: Assigned staff member name.",
            "content": "2.) Cashier: The name of the staff member the table has been assigned to.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:010:001",
            "parentPath": "000:006:010",
            "parentName": "The Invoice Screen Information:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) CV: Covers of People at the Table.",
            "content": "3.) CV: The Covers of people which are at the table.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:010:002",
            "parentPath": "000:006:010",
            "parentName": "The Invoice Screen Information:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Invoice Total: Rand value and real-time updates.",
            "content": "4.) Invoice Total: To the right of the covers is a Rand value. This is the total of the invoice and is updated as the items are rung up.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:010:003",
            "parentPath": "000:006:010",
            "parentName": "The Invoice Screen Information:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "5.) TN: Terminal Number Assignment for POS Machine.",
            "content": "5.) TN: The Terminal number; this POS machine has been set to terminal No1 (also called Server 1).",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:010:004",
            "parentPath": "000:006:010",
            "parentName": "The Invoice Screen Information:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "6.) Invoice Number: Unique Identifier for Each Bill and Monthly Clearing.",
            "content": "6.) Invoice Number: The Invoice number is a unique number given to each bill \/ invoice. This is once the user orders an item. The invoice number is cleared when the month-end is run.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:010:005",
            "parentPath": "000:006:010",
            "parentName": "The Invoice Screen Information:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "7.) Date & Time: Source and Importance for Order Management",
            "content": "7.) Date & Time: The date and time is taken from the computers time in the setup in Windows. It is important for the date and time to be correct and synchronized as this is printed to the kitchen. The kitchen staff use these days and times to manage the orders",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:010:006",
            "parentPath": "000:006:010",
            "parentName": "The Invoice Screen Information:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 6,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "8.) Screen Info: Invoice Screen and Header Toolbar Details.",
            "content": "8.) Screen Info: The invoice screen is where orders are placed. The header toolbar displays various information pertaining to the active table. Certain details are only updated when the user begins to order items.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:010:007",
            "parentPath": "000:006:010",
            "parentName": "The Invoice Screen Information:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 7,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "9.) Touch screen department buttons aligned with menu layout",
            "content": "9.) The touch screen department buttons at the bottom of the screen is according to your menu layout. For example: Cold drinks, Salads, Desserts etc...",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:010:008",
            "parentPath": "000:006:010",
            "parentName": "The Invoice Screen Information:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 8,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "10.) Menu Items Entry and Selection Process.",
            "content": "10.) The Menu Items: Located at the top right, is where the user will enter the items which the customer ordered. If you select the touch screen department \u201c330ml Cold drinks\u201d at the bottom of the page all the cold drinks that you have programmed in your menu items will appear in the menu items screen above. Simply select the items the client ordered by clicking on the relevant button and you will see the menu items appear on the left hand side of the screen.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:006:010:009",
            "parentPath": "000:006:010",
            "parentName": "The Invoice Screen Information:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 9,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Function of the Login\/Logout Button for Staff.",
            "content": "- The login \/ logout button is used to login or logout the STAFF.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:007",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 7,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Ringing up an Order:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Ringing up an Order:\n   Location of the rung-up items list.\n   Menu Items Status Indication\n   Ordering of Items Upon Subtotal or Exit Action\n   User can modify order items before submission to service printers\n   Adding Items to an existing Order:\n     Items Change to Green and Become Immutable After Subtotal or Exit Action\n     New items can be added and modified before subtotaling",
            "path": "000:008",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 8,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Location of the rung-up items list.",
            "content": "Below the status tool bar to the left is a list of items that the user has rung up.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:008:000",
            "parentPath": "000:008",
            "parentName": "Ringing up an Order:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Menu Items Status Indication",
            "content": "You will notice on the top image that the menu items are white. This means the items have been rung up but have not been ordered yet",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:008:001",
            "parentPath": "000:008",
            "parentName": "Ringing up an Order:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Ordering of Items Upon Subtotal or Exit Action",
            "content": "Only once the user presses the subtotal button or uses the door to exit the table will the items be ordered",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:008:002",
            "parentPath": "000:008",
            "parentName": "Ringing up an Order:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "User can modify order items before submission to service printers",
            "content": "At this stage when the items appear white, the user can add more items or remove as they like. This is because the items have not yet been sent to the service printers and have not been made yet",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:008:003",
            "parentPath": "000:008",
            "parentName": "Ringing up an Order:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Adding Items to an existing Order:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Adding Items to an existing Order:\n   Items Change to Green and Become Immutable After Subtotal or Exit Action\n   New items can be added and modified before subtotaling",
            "path": "000:008:004",
            "parentPath": "000:008",
            "parentName": "Ringing up an Order:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Items Change to Green and Become Immutable After Subtotal or Exit Action",
            "content": "Once the user exits or presses the subtotal button the items change to green. Once these items appear green they can no longer be changed without authorization (provided this is set up in the security level)",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:008:004:000",
            "parentPath": "000:008:004",
            "parentName": "Adding Items to an existing Order:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "New items can be added and modified before subtotaling",
            "content": "More items can be rung up and the new items can be changed as they will appear white until the subtotal button is pressed",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:008:004:001",
            "parentPath": "000:008:004",
            "parentName": "Adding Items to an existing Order:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Function of Cancel Button in Clearing the Edit Box.",
            "content": "- Cancel will clear the edit box that appears above the number pad. This will enable you to type in a new user code or type in the correct one if you\u2019ve made a mistake.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:009",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 9,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Printer Output Limitation for Item Color Coding",
            "content": "The printer will only print out the items highlighted in white and not the items in green, as they have already been sent to the relevant printer",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:010",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 10,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Status bar details at the bottom of the screen:",
            "content": "- At the bottom of the screen is a status bar, this bar gives you details about the terminal. The following details can be found:",
            "outline": "- Status bar details at the bottom of the screen :\n   -- Date and Time: Source from Windows Date and Time.\n   -- Terminal No: Unique Terminal Number Requirement.\n   -- Version Number: Importance and Update Mechanism.\n   -- Current Day: User-Chosen Date for Day-End Reporting.\n   -- DRN: Unique Identification and Theft Prevention for Daily Report Numbers.\n   -- Expiry: Software License Expiration and Renewal.",
            "path": "000:011",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 11,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "-- Date and Time: Source from Windows Date and Time.",
            "content": "-- Date and Time: The date and time is taken from the windows date and time.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:011:000",
            "parentPath": "000:011",
            "parentName": "- Status bar details at the bottom of the screen:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "-- Terminal No: Unique Terminal Number Requirement.",
            "content": "-- Terminal No: The terminal number is one of the set up options. Each terminal must have a unique number.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:011:001",
            "parentPath": "000:011",
            "parentName": "- Status bar details at the bottom of the screen:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "-- Version Number: Importance and Update Mechanism.",
            "content": "-- Version No: Shows the current version of the POS software. Versions are updated when features are added or bugs (software problems) are fixed. It is important for all terminals to have the same version number.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:011:002",
            "parentPath": "000:011",
            "parentName": "- Status bar details at the bottom of the screen:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "-- Current Day: User-Chosen Date for Day-End Reporting.",
            "content": "-- Current Day: This is the date chosen by the user, because some restaurants trade after midnight, the day end could be done in the next day. Therefore a day-end is used for the reporting.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:011:003",
            "parentPath": "000:011",
            "parentName": "- Status bar details at the bottom of the screen:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "-- DRN: Unique Identification and Theft Prevention for Daily Report Numbers.",
            "content": "-- DRN: Daily report number, each day-end that is done on the system has a unique daily report number. This is to identify the day and also to stop theft by doing more than one day end.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:011:004",
            "parentPath": "000:011",
            "parentName": "- Status bar details at the bottom of the screen:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "-- Expiry: Software License Expiration and Renewal.",
            "content": "-- Expiry: Shows you when the current software license will expire. The license that was paid for enables you to use the software. If the license code has expired, you will no longer be able to use the software until a new license has been obtained.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:011:005",
            "parentPath": "000:011",
            "parentName": "- Status bar details at the bottom of the screen:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Ringing up and adding to an Existing order.",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Ringing up and adding to an Existing order.\n   1. ) Overview of Rung Up Items and Their Editable Status.\n   2. ) Ordering Items through Subtotal Button or Table Exit.\n   3. ) Change of Item Status to Green and Authorization for Modifications.\n   4. ) New items can be added and modified until the subtotal button is pressed.\n   5. ) Printer Output Limited to Items Highlighted in White.",
            "path": "000:012",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 12,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Overview of Rung Up Items and Their Editable Status.",
            "content": "1.) Below the status tool bar to the left of the screen is a list of items that the user has rung up. You will notice on the top image that the menu items are white. This means the items have been rung up, but have not been ordered yet. At this stage the user can increase the quantity, void or use the price override feature.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:012:000",
            "parentPath": "000:012",
            "parentName": "Ringing up and adding to an Existing order.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Ordering Items through Subtotal Button or Table Exit.",
            "content": "2.) Only once the user presses the subtotal button, or uses the door to exit the table will the items be ordered and carried through to the kitchen.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:012:001",
            "parentPath": "000:012",
            "parentName": "Ringing up and adding to an Existing order.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Change of Item Status to Green and Authorization for Modifications.",
            "content": "3.) Once the user exits or presses the subtotal button the items change to green. Once these items appear green they can no longer be changed without a manager or owner\u2019s authorization (provided this is set up in the security level).",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:012:002",
            "parentPath": "000:012",
            "parentName": "Ringing up and adding to an Existing order.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) New items can be added and modified until the subtotal button is pressed.",
            "content": "4.) More items can be rung up and the new items can be changed as they will appear white until the subtotal button is pressed.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:012:003",
            "parentPath": "000:012",
            "parentName": "Ringing up and adding to an Existing order.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "5.) Printer Output Limited to Items Highlighted in White.",
            "content": "5.) The printer will only print out the items highlighted in white and not the items in green, as they have already been sent to the relevant printer.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:012:004",
            "parentPath": "000:012",
            "parentName": "Ringing up and adding to an Existing order.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Message:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Message:\n   1. ) Adding Messages to Menu Items for Service Instructions\n   2. ) Process for Adding and Editing Messages for Menu Items",
            "path": "000:013",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 13,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Adding Messages to Menu Items for Service Instructions",
            "content": "1.) A message can be added to a menu item to instruct service staff how to prepare a specific item. This can be done by selecting an item from the menu item list, only items in white apply here as the green items have already printed to the service printers. When selecting an item a button \u2018Msg\u2019 appears to the right of the menu item list. Clicking on the \u2018Msg\u2019 button will give the user an on screen keyboard where they can type in the short message",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:013:000",
            "parentPath": "000:013",
            "parentName": "Message:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Process for Adding and Editing Messages for Menu Items",
            "content": "2.) The user types in the message and presses \u2018Enter\u2019 to accept it. The message is then added to the selected menu item and will be printed below the item on the service printers once item is subtotalled. Only one message per item can be added so if the first message was typed incorrectly then the user can select the item once again, the \u2018Msg\u2019 and proceed to type the correct message",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:013:001",
            "parentPath": "000:013",
            "parentName": "Message:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "The Prep Screen:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "The Prep Screen:\n   Prompt for Prep Screen Selection for Items with Attached Prep Screens\n   Use of the \"Door Button\" (Exit Button) on Prep Screens After Making Selections.\n   Instructions for Exiting the Prep Screen Without Making a Selection\n   Selected items from the prep screen will be listed and printed on the kitchen slip\n   Writing Messages :\n     1. ) Adding Messages to Menu Items for Service Staff Instructions.\n     2. ) Process for Adding and Editing Messages for Menu Items.",
            "path": "000:014",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 14,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Prompt for Prep Screen Selection for Items with Attached Prep Screens",
            "content": "If the item you have selected to ring up has a prep screen attached to it you will be prompted to select an option from the prep screen. Prep screens are used to instruct the service staff on how to prepare certain items",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:014:000",
            "parentPath": "000:014",
            "parentName": "The Prep Screen:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Use of the \"Door Button\" (Exit Button) on Prep Screens After Making Selections.",
            "content": "Whenever there is a \u201cDoor Button\u201d (Exit Button) at the bottom of a prep screen, simply press that button after you have made your selection (s).",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:014:001",
            "parentPath": "000:014",
            "parentName": "The Prep Screen:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Instructions for Exiting the Prep Screen Without Making a Selection",
            "content": "If you don\u2019t want to select anything from the prep screen, press the exit door to close the prep screen and continue with the order",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:014:002",
            "parentPath": "000:014",
            "parentName": "The Prep Screen:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Selected items from the prep screen will be listed and printed on the kitchen slip",
            "content": "The item (s) you selected from the prep screen will then appear underneath the menu item in the menu items list and will then print on the kitchen slip",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:014:003",
            "parentPath": "000:014",
            "parentName": "The Prep Screen:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Writing Messages :",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Writing Messages :\n   1. ) Adding Messages to Menu Items for Service Staff Instructions.\n   2. ) Process for Adding and Editing Messages for Menu Items.",
            "path": "000:014:004",
            "parentPath": "000:014",
            "parentName": "The Prep Screen:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Adding Messages to Menu Items for Service Staff Instructions.",
            "content": "1.) A message can be added to a menu item to instruct service staff how to prepare a specific item. This can be done by selecting an item from the menu item list, only items in white apply here as the green items have already printed to the service printers. When selecting an item a button \u2018Msg\u2019 appears to the right of the menu item list. Clicking on the \u2018Msg\u2019 button will give the user an on screen keyboard where they can type in the short message.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:014:004:000",
            "parentPath": "000:014:004",
            "parentName": "Writing Messages :",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Process for Adding and Editing Messages for Menu Items.",
            "content": "2.) Once the user types in the message and presses \u2018Enter\u2019 to accept it. The message is then added to the selected menu item and will be printed below the item on the service printers once item is subtotalled or the user exits the table. Only one message per item can be added so if the first message was typed incorrectly then the user can select the item once again, the \u2018Msg\u2019 and proceed to type the correct message.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:014:004:001",
            "parentPath": "000:014:004",
            "parentName": "Writing Messages :",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Prep Screens:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Prep Screens:\n   1. ) Definition and Appearance of Prep Screens.\n   2. ) Prompt for Selection from Prep Screen for Menu Items with Instructions.\n   3. ) Instructions for Using the Door Button (Exit Button) on Prep Screens.\n   4. ) Selected items from the prep screen will display in the menu items list and print on the kitchen slip.",
            "path": "000:015",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 15,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Definition and Appearance of Prep Screens.",
            "content": "1.) A Prep screen is a cooking instruction given to a particular menu item. These appear after you have selected the menu item, and pop up in a green box.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:015:000",
            "parentPath": "000:015",
            "parentName": "Prep Screens:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Prompt for Selection from Prep Screen for Menu Items with Instructions.",
            "content": "2.) If the item you have selected to ring up has a prep screen attached to it you will be prompted to select an option from the prep screen. Prep screens are used to instruct the service staff on how to prepare certain items.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:015:001",
            "parentPath": "000:015",
            "parentName": "Prep Screens:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Instructions for Using the Door Button (Exit Button) on Prep Screens.",
            "content": "3.) Whenever there is a \u201cDoor Button\u201d (Exit Button) at the bottom of a prep screen, simply press that button after you have made your selection (s). If you don\u2019t want to select anything from the prep screen, press the exit door to close the prep screen and continue with the order.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:015:002",
            "parentPath": "000:015",
            "parentName": "Prep Screens:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Selected items from the prep screen will display in the menu items list and print on the kitchen slip.",
            "content": "4.) The item (s) you selected from the prep screen will then appear underneath the menu item in the menu items list and will then print on the kitchen slip.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:015:003",
            "parentPath": "000:015",
            "parentName": "Prep Screens:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Using the Quantity Button:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Using the Quantity Button:\n   Functionality of the QUANTITY Button for Multiple Item Selection.\n   Update of Quantity and Selling Price Display.\n   Impact of Using Prep Screen on Quantity Button Functionality.\n   Using the Quantity Button:\n     1. ) Functionality of the QUANTITY Button for Multiple Item Selection and Price Calculation.\n     2. ) Updated Quantity and Total Selling Price Display.\n     3. ) Copying Prep Screen Details When Adjusting Quantity.",
            "path": "000:016",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 16,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Functionality of the QUANTITY Button for Multiple Item Selection.",
            "content": "The QUANTITY button is used when the user requires more than one item. When the user clicks the QUANTITY button a number pad will be displayed. This will enable the user to enter a required quantity. Pressing enter will change the quantity of the selected items in the menu item list to the quantity entered.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:016:000",
            "parentPath": "000:016",
            "parentName": "Using the Quantity Button:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Update of Quantity and Selling Price Display.",
            "content": "You will now see that the quantity column has increased to the entered number and the selling price for that item is now showing the total selling price for the new quantity.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:016:001",
            "parentPath": "000:016",
            "parentName": "Using the Quantity Button:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Impact of Using Prep Screen on Quantity Button Functionality.",
            "content": "Just remember, if you used a prep screen with the first order and use the quantity button afterwards, it\u2019s going to copy the prep screen details as well.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:016:002",
            "parentPath": "000:016",
            "parentName": "Using the Quantity Button:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Using the Quantity Button:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Using the Quantity Button:\n   1. ) Functionality of the QUANTITY Button for Multiple Item Selection and Price Calculation.\n   2. ) Updated Quantity and Total Selling Price Display.\n   3. ) Copying Prep Screen Details When Adjusting Quantity.",
            "path": "000:016:003",
            "parentPath": "000:016",
            "parentName": "Using the Quantity Button:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Functionality of the QUANTITY Button for Multiple Item Selection and Price Calculation.",
            "content": "1.) The QUANTITY button is used when the user requires more than one item. When the user clicks the QUANTITY button a number pad will be displayed. This will enable the user to enter a required quantity. Pressing enter will change the quantity and selling price of the selected item in the menu item list to the quantity entered.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:016:003:000",
            "parentPath": "000:016:003",
            "parentName": "Using the Quantity Button:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Updated Quantity and Total Selling Price Display.",
            "content": "2.) You will now see that the quantity column has increased to the entered number and the selling price for that item is now showing the total selling price for the new quantity.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:016:003:001",
            "parentPath": "000:016:003",
            "parentName": "Using the Quantity Button:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Copying Prep Screen Details When Adjusting Quantity.",
            "content": "3.) Just remember, if you used a prep screen with the first order and use the quantity button afterwards, it\u2019s going to copy the prep screen details as well.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:016:003:002",
            "parentPath": "000:016:003",
            "parentName": "Using the Quantity Button:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Voiding Items:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Voiding Items:\n   1. ) Number pad display for voiding multiple item quantities.\n   2. ) Voiding Items: Removal and Confirmation Process.\n   3. ) Use of the VOID Button to Remove Items from Invoice or Table.\n   4. ) Security Setup for Voiding Items: Staff and Managerial Permissions.\n   5. ) Difference in Handling Voided Items: Green vs. White.\n   Voiding Items:\n     3. ) Functionality of the VOID Button for Item Removal.\n     4. ) Security Setup for Voiding Items: Staff vs. Management Permissions.\n     5. ) Difference in Void Process for Green and White Items.\n     1. ) Number pad display for voiding multiple items.\n     2. ) Item Removal and Confirmation Process for Voiding.",
            "path": "000:017",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 17,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Number pad display for voiding multiple item quantities.",
            "content": "1.) If voiding an item with a quantity of more than one, then a number pad will be displayed similar to the one shown in the qty section. This will allow the user to void either some of the items or all items.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:017:000",
            "parentPath": "000:017",
            "parentName": "Voiding Items:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Voiding Items: Removal and Confirmation Process.",
            "content": "2.) If the items are in white then they will be removed. If they are in green the user will be prompted to confirm the void and select a void reason if reasons have been setup. A void slip will be printed for each voided (if the item was green).",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:017:001",
            "parentPath": "000:017",
            "parentName": "Voiding Items:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Use of the VOID Button to Remove Items from Invoice or Table.",
            "content": "3.) The VOID button is used to remove items off the invoice or table. Any items can be voided (green & white).",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:017:002",
            "parentPath": "000:017",
            "parentName": "Voiding Items:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Security Setup for Voiding Items: Staff and Managerial Permissions.",
            "content": "4.) The difference is the security setup; usually any staff can void white items and managers and owners can remove green items.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:017:003",
            "parentPath": "000:017",
            "parentName": "Voiding Items:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "5.) Difference in Handling Voided Items: Green vs. White.",
            "content": "5.) This is because when a green item is voided, it prints a cancellation slip in the preparation area where as a white item is simply an \u201cerror correct\u201d because white items have not been sent to the printers yet.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:017:004",
            "parentPath": "000:017",
            "parentName": "Voiding Items:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Voiding Items:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Voiding Items:\n   3. ) Functionality of the VOID Button for Item Removal.\n   4. ) Security Setup for Voiding Items: Staff vs. Management Permissions.\n   5. ) Difference in Void Process for Green and White Items.\n   1. ) Number pad display for voiding multiple items.\n   2. ) Item Removal and Confirmation Process for Voiding.",
            "path": "000:017:005",
            "parentPath": "000:017",
            "parentName": "Voiding Items:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Functionality of the VOID Button for Item Removal.",
            "content": "3.) The VOID button is used to remove items off the invoice or table. Any items can be voided (green & white).",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:017:005:000",
            "parentPath": "000:017:005",
            "parentName": "Voiding Items:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Security Setup for Voiding Items: Staff vs. Management Permissions.",
            "content": "4.) The difference is the security setup; usually any staff can void white items and managers and owners can remove green items.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:017:005:001",
            "parentPath": "000:017:005",
            "parentName": "Voiding Items:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "5.) Difference in Void Process for Green and White Items.",
            "content": "5.) This is because when a green item is voided, it prints a cancellation slip in the preparation area where as a white item is simply an \u201cerror correct\u201d because white items have not been sent to the printers yet.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:017:005:002",
            "parentPath": "000:017:005",
            "parentName": "Voiding Items:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Number pad display for voiding multiple items.",
            "content": "1.) If voiding an item with a quantity of more than one, then a number pad will be displayed similar to the one shown in the qty section. This will allow the user to void either some of the items or all items.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:017:005:003",
            "parentPath": "000:017:005",
            "parentName": "Voiding Items:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Item Removal and Confirmation Process for Voiding.",
            "content": "2.) If the items are in white then they will be removed. If they are in green the user will be prompted to confirm the void and select a void reason if reasons have been setup. A void slip will be printed for each voided (if the item was green).",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:017:005:004",
            "parentPath": "000:017:005",
            "parentName": "Voiding Items:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Price Override:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Price Override:\n   1. ) Introduction to Price Override for Adjusting Selling Prices.\n   2. ) Options for Price Override: Percentage Discount or Amount Adjustment.\n   3. ) User Input and Discount Reason Selection for Price Override.\n   Using The Price Override Feature:\n     1. ) Introduction to PRICE OVERRIDE for Changing Default Selling Prices.\n     2. ) Options for Price Override: Percentage Discount or Amount Adjustment.\n     3. ) User Input for Price Override and Discount Reason Selection.",
            "path": "000:018",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 18,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Introduction to Price Override for Adjusting Selling Prices.",
            "content": "1.) The PRICE OVERIDE is used to change an item\u2019s default selling price. Any item can be adjusted green and white. The user should select the item he wants to change from the menu list.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:018:000",
            "parentPath": "000:018",
            "parentName": "Price Override:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Options for Price Override: Percentage Discount or Amount Adjustment.",
            "content": "2.) Clicking on the price override button offers the user two options: PERCENTAGE or AMOUNT. Percentage can only be used to discount the selling price; this means to reduce the selling price by a certain percentage. The amount option can be used to decrease or increase the selling price.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:018:001",
            "parentPath": "000:018",
            "parentName": "Price Override:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) User Input and Discount Reason Selection for Price Override.",
            "content": "3.) After selecting an option a number pad is displayed this is where the user must enter the amount or percentage. If discount reasons have been setup then the user will be forced to select a reason for the price override or discount. A line discount slip will be printed after the price override had been finalized.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:018:002",
            "parentPath": "000:018",
            "parentName": "Price Override:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Using The Price Override Feature:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Using The Price Override Feature:\n   1. ) Introduction to PRICE OVERRIDE for Changing Default Selling Prices.\n   2. ) Options for Price Override: Percentage Discount or Amount Adjustment.\n   3. ) User Input for Price Override and Discount Reason Selection.",
            "path": "000:018:003",
            "parentPath": "000:018",
            "parentName": "Price Override:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Introduction to PRICE OVERRIDE for Changing Default Selling Prices.",
            "content": "1.) The PRICE OVERRIDE is used to change an item\u2019s default selling price. Any item can be adjusted green and white. The user should select the item he wants to change from the menu list.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:018:003:000",
            "parentPath": "000:018:003",
            "parentName": "Using The Price Override Feature:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Options for Price Override: Percentage Discount or Amount Adjustment.",
            "content": "2.) Clicking on the price override button offers the user two options: PERCENTAGE or AMOUNT. Percentage can only be used to discount the selling price; this means to reduce the selling price by a certain percentage. The amount option can be used to decrease or increase the selling price.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:018:003:001",
            "parentPath": "000:018:003",
            "parentName": "Using The Price Override Feature:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) User Input for Price Override and Discount Reason Selection.",
            "content": "3.) After selecting an option a number pad is displayed this is where the user must enter the amount or percentage. If discount reasons have been setup then the user will be prompted to select a reason for the price override or discount.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:018:003:002",
            "parentPath": "000:018:003",
            "parentName": "Using The Price Override Feature:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Printing of line discount slip after price override finalization.",
            "content": "A line discount slip will be printed after the price override had been finalized.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:019",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 19,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Adjusting POS display:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Adjusting POS display:\n   User Instructions for Adjusting Menu Item Display\n     - CHANGE COLOUR: Button Background Colour Adjustment\n     - DISABLE MENU ITEM: Icon Notification for Temporarily Unavailable Menu Items\n     - ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reinstatement of Disabled Menu Item for Transactions\n     - HIDE MENU ITEM: Procedure for Hiding and Re-Enabling Menu Items from Hospitality Back Office\n   Adjusting the POS display:\n     Procedure for Adjusting Menu Item Display with Manager\/Owner Code.",
            "path": "000:020",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 20,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "User Instructions for Adjusting Menu Item Display",
            "content": "The user can adjust the menu items display by logging in with a manager \/ owner code and right clicking on the menu item you would like to adjust (using the mouse). Click on the option in the pop up box that will be used for that menu item button",
            "outline": "User Instructions for Adjusting Menu Item Display\n   - CHANGE COLOUR: Button Background Colour Adjustment\n   - DISABLE MENU ITEM: Icon Notification for Temporarily Unavailable Menu Items\n   - ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reinstatement of Disabled Menu Item for Transactions\n   - HIDE MENU ITEM: Procedure for Hiding and Re-Enabling Menu Items from Hospitality Back Office",
            "path": "000:020:000",
            "parentPath": "000:020",
            "parentName": "Adjusting POS display:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- CHANGE COLOUR: Button Background Colour Adjustment",
            "content": "- CHANGE COLOUR: This changes the buttons background colour",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:020:000:000",
            "parentPath": "000:020:000",
            "parentName": "User Instructions for Adjusting Menu Item Display",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- DISABLE MENU ITEM: Icon Notification for Temporarily Unavailable Menu Items",
            "content": "- DISABLE MENU ITEM: An icon is added to the menu item to notify the user that this item cannot be rung up at this point in time",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:020:000:001",
            "parentPath": "000:020:000",
            "parentName": "User Instructions for Adjusting Menu Item Display",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reinstatement of Disabled Menu Item for Transactions",
            "content": "- ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reverses the disable procedure and menu item can be rung up again",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:020:000:002",
            "parentPath": "000:020:000",
            "parentName": "User Instructions for Adjusting Menu Item Display",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- HIDE MENU ITEM: Procedure for Hiding and Re-Enabling Menu Items from Hospitality Back Office",
            "content": "- HIDE MENU ITEM: If you are not selling this menu item at all, then the user can decide to hide it from the POS. When this item has to be made visible again, it has to be enabled from the Hospitality Back Office\u2019s side as there will be no button to right click on from the POS",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:020:000:003",
            "parentPath": "000:020:000",
            "parentName": "User Instructions for Adjusting Menu Item Display",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Adjusting the POS display:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Adjusting the POS display:\n   Procedure for Adjusting Menu Item Display with Manager\/Owner Code.\n     - Change Colour: Modify Button Background Colour.\n     - DISABLE MENU ITEM: Notification Icon for Inactive Menu Items.\n     - ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reinstatement of Disabled Menu Item for Sales.\n     - HIDE MENU ITEM: Procedure for Hiding and Re-Enabling Menu Items from POS and Back Office.",
            "path": "000:020:001",
            "parentPath": "000:020",
            "parentName": "Adjusting POS display:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Procedure for Adjusting Menu Item Display with Manager\/Owner Code.",
            "content": "The user can adjust the menu items display by logging in with a manager \/ owner code and right clicking on the menu item you would like to adjust (using the mouse). Click on the option in the pop up box that will be used for that menu item button.",
            "outline": "Procedure for Adjusting Menu Item Display with Manager\/Owner Code.\n   - Change Colour: Modify Button Background Colour.\n   - DISABLE MENU ITEM: Notification Icon for Inactive Menu Items.\n   - ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reinstatement of Disabled Menu Item for Sales.\n   - HIDE MENU ITEM: Procedure for Hiding and Re-Enabling Menu Items from POS and Back Office.",
            "path": "000:020:001:000",
            "parentPath": "000:020:001",
            "parentName": "Adjusting the POS display:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Change Colour: Modify Button Background Colour.",
            "content": "- CHANGE COLOUR: This changes the buttons background colour.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:020:001:000:000",
            "parentPath": "000:020:001:000",
            "parentName": "Procedure for Adjusting Menu Item Display with Manager\/Owner Code.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- DISABLE MENU ITEM: Notification Icon for Inactive Menu Items.",
            "content": "- DISABLE MENU ITEM: An icon is added to the menu item to notify the user that this item cannot be rung up at this point in time.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:020:001:000:001",
            "parentPath": "000:020:001:000",
            "parentName": "Procedure for Adjusting Menu Item Display with Manager\/Owner Code.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reinstatement of Disabled Menu Item for Sales.",
            "content": "- ENABLE MENU ITEM: Reverses the disable procedure and menu item can be rung up again.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:020:001:000:002",
            "parentPath": "000:020:001:000",
            "parentName": "Procedure for Adjusting Menu Item Display with Manager\/Owner Code.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- HIDE MENU ITEM: Procedure for Hiding and Re-Enabling Menu Items from POS and Back Office.",
            "content": "- HIDE MENU ITEM: If you are not selling this menu item at all, then the user can decide to hide it from the POS. When this item has to be made visible again, it has to be enabled from the Hospitality Back Office\u2019s side as there will be no button to right click on from the POS.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:020:001:000:003",
            "parentPath": "000:020:001:000",
            "parentName": "Procedure for Adjusting Menu Item Display with Manager\/Owner Code.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Splitting a Table:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Splitting a Table:\n   Purpose of the Change\/Split Table Feature.\n   Overview of Change\/Split Table Interface Layout.\n     1. ) Selecting and Completing Item Transfer.\n     2. ) Confirmation of Transfer Completion in GAAP.\n     3. ) Confirmation Prompt for Adding Items to Open Table.\n     4. ) Number pad prompt for entering new table number and covers after item transfer.\n     5. ) Closure of Old Table and Availability for New Use if All Items Are Transferred.\n     6. ) Selecting a Table to Open for Payment.\n     7. ) Availability of Second Table After Closing the First Table.\n   Splitting a table:\n     1. ) Item Selection and Transfer Completion Instructions.\n     2. ) Confirmation Prompt for Transfer Completion.\n     3. ) Confirmation Prompt for Adding Items to an Open Table.\n     4. ) Number pad prompt for entering new table number and covers when items are transferred to a newly created table.\n     5. ) Closure of Old Table Upon Transfer of All Items to New Table.\n     6. ) Selecting a Table for Payment in GAAP.\n     7. ) Availability of Second Table After Closing the First Table.",
            "path": "000:021",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 21,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Purpose of the Change\/Split Table Feature.",
            "content": "The Change\/Split Table feature is used to split a table into two separate tables or to move an entire table to a new or existing table.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:021:000",
            "parentPath": "000:021",
            "parentName": "Splitting a Table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Overview of Change\/Split Table Interface Layout.",
            "content": "Clicking change or split table will open a window with two menu item lists screens. The existing table will be on the left and the new table on the right.",
            "outline": "Overview of Change\/Split Table Interface Layout.\n   1. ) Selecting and Completing Item Transfer.\n   2. ) Confirmation of Transfer Completion in GAAP.\n   3. ) Confirmation Prompt for Adding Items to Open Table.\n   4. ) Number pad prompt for entering new table number and covers after item transfer.\n   5. ) Closure of Old Table and Availability for New Use if All Items Are Transferred.\n   6. ) Selecting a Table to Open for Payment.\n   7. ) Availability of Second Table After Closing the First Table.",
            "path": "000:021:001",
            "parentPath": "000:021",
            "parentName": "Splitting a Table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Selecting and Completing Item Transfer.",
            "content": "1.) The user may now select the items to be moved by using the arrow. You may also choose to move the entire list by selecting the \u2018All\u2019 button. Once you are satisfied, click on \u2018Complete\u2019.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:021:001:000",
            "parentPath": "000:021:001",
            "parentName": "Overview of Change\/Split Table Interface Layout.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Confirmation of Transfer Completion in GAAP.",
            "content": "2.) GAAP will ask you if you are sure you want to complete the transfer. Click on \u2018Yes\u2019 to continue.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:021:001:001",
            "parentPath": "000:021:001",
            "parentName": "Overview of Change\/Split Table Interface Layout.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Confirmation Prompt for Adding Items to Open Table.",
            "content": "3.) If the table is already open the user will be prompted to confirm the adding of these items to the existing table.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:021:001:002",
            "parentPath": "000:021:001",
            "parentName": "Overview of Change\/Split Table Interface Layout.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Number pad prompt for entering new table number and covers after item transfer.",
            "content": "4.) If the items were transferred to a newly created table this will bring up a number pad for the user to enter the new table number and covers.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:021:001:003",
            "parentPath": "000:021:001",
            "parentName": "Overview of Change\/Split Table Interface Layout.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "5.) Closure of Old Table and Availability for New Use if All Items Are Transferred.",
            "content": "5.) If all the items are moved to the new table then the old table will be closed and become available for the use as a new table.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:021:001:004",
            "parentPath": "000:021:001",
            "parentName": "Overview of Change\/Split Table Interface Layout.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "6.) Selecting a Table to Open for Payment.",
            "content": "6.) GAAP will then ask which table you would like to open. Select the table number to be paid. The chosen table will open in the subtotal screen.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:021:001:005",
            "parentPath": "000:021:001",
            "parentName": "Overview of Change\/Split Table Interface Layout.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "7.) Availability of Second Table After Closing the First Table.",
            "content": "7.) Once the table is closed the second table will be available on the table screen.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:021:001:006",
            "parentPath": "000:021:001",
            "parentName": "Overview of Change\/Split Table Interface Layout.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 6,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Splitting a table:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Splitting a table:\n   1. ) Item Selection and Transfer Completion Instructions.\n   2. ) Confirmation Prompt for Transfer Completion.\n   3. ) Confirmation Prompt for Adding Items to an Open Table.\n   4. ) Number pad prompt for entering new table number and covers when items are transferred to a newly created table.\n   5. ) Closure of Old Table Upon Transfer of All Items to New Table.\n   6. ) Selecting a Table for Payment in GAAP.\n   7. ) Availability of Second Table After Closing the First Table.",
            "path": "000:021:002",
            "parentPath": "000:021",
            "parentName": "Splitting a Table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Item Selection and Transfer Completion Instructions.",
            "content": "1.) The user may now select the items to be moved by using the arrow. You may also choose to move the entire list by selecting the \u2018All\u2019 button. Once you are satisfied, click on \u2018Complete\u2019.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:021:002:000",
            "parentPath": "000:021:002",
            "parentName": "Splitting a table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Confirmation Prompt for Transfer Completion.",
            "content": "2.) GAAP will ask you if you are sure you want to complete the transfer. Click on \u2018Yes\u2019 to continue.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:021:002:001",
            "parentPath": "000:021:002",
            "parentName": "Splitting a table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Confirmation Prompt for Adding Items to an Open Table.",
            "content": "3.) If the table is already open the user will be prompted to confirm the adding of these items to the existing table.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:021:002:002",
            "parentPath": "000:021:002",
            "parentName": "Splitting a table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Number pad prompt for entering new table number and covers when items are transferred to a newly created table.",
            "content": "4.) If the items were transferred to a newly created table this will bring up a number pad for the user to enter the new table number and covers.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:021:002:003",
            "parentPath": "000:021:002",
            "parentName": "Splitting a table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "5.) Closure of Old Table Upon Transfer of All Items to New Table.",
            "content": "5.) If all the items are moved to the new table then the old table will be closed and become available for the use as a new table.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:021:002:004",
            "parentPath": "000:021:002",
            "parentName": "Splitting a table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "6.) Selecting a Table for Payment in GAAP.",
            "content": "6.) GAAP will then ask which table you would like to open. Select the table number to be paid. The chosen table will open in the subtotal screen.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:021:002:005",
            "parentPath": "000:021:002",
            "parentName": "Splitting a table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "7.) Availability of Second Table After Closing the First Table.",
            "content": "7.) Once the table is closed the second table will be available on the table screen.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:021:002:006",
            "parentPath": "000:021:002",
            "parentName": "Splitting a table:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 6,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Processing Payment \u2018FAST CASH\u2019:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Processing Payment \u2018FAST CASH\u2019:\n   Fast Cash Button for Cash-Only Payments.\n   Number pad for entering cash payment amounts.\n   Automatic Cash Note Entry for Streamlined Processing.\n   Continuation to Next Order.\n   Processing Payment: \u2018SUBTOTAL\u2019\n     Accessing the Subtotal Screen for Credit Card and Non-Banking Payments.",
            "path": "000:022",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 22,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Fast Cash Button for Cash-Only Payments.",
            "content": "If a customer is paying cash only, then the \u201cFast Cash\u201d button offers the user a quick, simple and streamlined method of tendering an invoice.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:022:000",
            "parentPath": "000:022",
            "parentName": "Processing Payment \u2018FAST CASH\u2019:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Number pad for entering cash payment amounts.",
            "content": "The number pad is to enter the value of the cash given by the client.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:022:001",
            "parentPath": "000:022",
            "parentName": "Processing Payment \u2018FAST CASH\u2019:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Automatic Cash Note Entry for Streamlined Processing.",
            "content": "However, to streamline the process even more, the user can simply click on the relative cash note received. This will automatically enter that value and record the bill.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:022:002",
            "parentPath": "000:022",
            "parentName": "Processing Payment \u2018FAST CASH\u2019:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Continuation to Next Order.",
            "content": "The cashier can then continue with the next order.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:022:003",
            "parentPath": "000:022",
            "parentName": "Processing Payment \u2018FAST CASH\u2019:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Processing Payment: \u2018SUBTOTAL\u2019",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Processing Payment: \u2018SUBTOTAL\u2019\n   Accessing the Subtotal Screen for Credit Card and Non-Banking Payments.",
            "path": "000:022:004",
            "parentPath": "000:022",
            "parentName": "Processing Payment \u2018FAST CASH\u2019:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Accessing the Subtotal Screen for Credit Card and Non-Banking Payments.",
            "content": "If the customer is paying by credit card or you need to use a non banking paytype, click on the sub total button. The subtotal screen looks very similar to the invoice screen with the status tool bar and the transaction list to the left.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:022:004:000",
            "parentPath": "000:022:004",
            "parentName": "Processing Payment: \u2018SUBTOTAL\u2019",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Replacement of Touch Screen Departments and Menu Buttons with Paytypes and Special Record List.",
            "content": "However the touch screen departments have been replaced with paytypes. The menu buttons have also been replaced with a paytype or special record list.",
            "outline": "Replacement of Touch Screen Departments and Menu Buttons with Paytypes and Special Record List.\n   2. ) Process credit card payments and record transaction\n   1. ) Cash Paytype Alternative to FAST CASH Button\n   3. ) Definition of Promotions and Discounts for Clients\n   4. ) Discounted meals for staff and management and reporting in HISTORY reports\n   5. ) Waste and Return: Recording Customer Returned Meals for Stock Balancing\n   6. ) Voucher Issuance and Redemption as a Payment Type.",
            "path": "000:023",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 23,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Process credit card payments and record transaction",
            "content": "2.) Select the \u201cCredit Card\u201d button for credit card payments and enter the value of the credit card slip including the tip. Once the transaction is complete ensure you press the record button to ensure that the payment is captured",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:023:000",
            "parentPath": "000:023",
            "parentName": "Replacement of Touch Screen Departments and Menu Buttons with Paytypes and Special Record List.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Cash Paytype Alternative to FAST CASH Button",
            "content": "1.) The cash paytype can be used instead of the FAST CASH button",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:023:001",
            "parentPath": "000:023",
            "parentName": "Replacement of Touch Screen Departments and Menu Buttons with Paytypes and Special Record List.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Definition of Promotions and Discounts for Clients",
            "content": "3.) Promotions would be any discount you give your clients, or when you are running a promotion with a certain discount",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:023:002",
            "parentPath": "000:023",
            "parentName": "Replacement of Touch Screen Departments and Menu Buttons with Paytypes and Special Record List.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Discounted meals for staff and management and reporting in HISTORY reports",
            "content": "4.) Staff and management meals can be discounted to a certain percentage. This will be recorded and you will be able to see the totals in your HISTORY reports",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:023:003",
            "parentPath": "000:023",
            "parentName": "Replacement of Touch Screen Departments and Menu Buttons with Paytypes and Special Record List.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "5.) Waste and Return: Recording Customer Returned Meals for Stock Balancing",
            "content": "5.) Waste and Return is meals returned by the customer which must be recorded to balance your stock at the end of the day",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:023:004",
            "parentPath": "000:023",
            "parentName": "Replacement of Touch Screen Departments and Menu Buttons with Paytypes and Special Record List.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "6.) Voucher Issuance and Redemption as a Payment Type.",
            "content": "6.) Vouchers can be given out as a promotion or in some cases as pre sold and redeemed using this paytype.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:023:005",
            "parentPath": "000:023",
            "parentName": "Replacement of Touch Screen Departments and Menu Buttons with Paytypes and Special Record List.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Visibility of Quantity and Mix of Items in HISTORY Reports",
            "content": "You will be able to see the quantity and mix of items in your HISTORY reports",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:024",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 24,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Processing Payments:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Processing Payments:\n   Payment Processing Features: Fast Cash and Subtotal Button.\n   Fast Cash:\n     Fast Cash Button for Cash-Only Transactions.\n     Number pad for entering cash value from client.\n     Streamlined Cash Note Selection for Automatic Entry and Recording.\n     Cashier proceeds to next order.\n   Using the Subtotal Feature:\n     Transition to Paytype Selection Screen after Subtotal Button Click.",
            "path": "000:025",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 25,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Payment Processing Features: Fast Cash and Subtotal Button.",
            "content": "When processing payments you may use two different types of feature, Fast cash which processing the cash paytype quickly for take away facilities. Or you can use the subtotal button and process the paytype buttons at the bottom of the screen.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:025:000",
            "parentPath": "000:025",
            "parentName": "Processing Payments:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Fast Cash:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Fast Cash:\n   Fast Cash Button for Cash-Only Transactions.\n   Number pad for entering cash value from client.\n   Streamlined Cash Note Selection for Automatic Entry and Recording.\n   Cashier proceeds to next order.",
            "path": "000:025:001",
            "parentPath": "000:025",
            "parentName": "Processing Payments:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Fast Cash Button for Cash-Only Transactions.",
            "content": "If a customer is paying cash only, then the \u201cFast Cash\u201d button offers the user a quick, simple and streamlined method of tendering an invoice.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:025:001:000",
            "parentPath": "000:025:001",
            "parentName": "Fast Cash:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Number pad for entering cash value from client.",
            "content": "The number pad is to enter the value of the cash given by the client.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:025:001:001",
            "parentPath": "000:025:001",
            "parentName": "Fast Cash:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Streamlined Cash Note Selection for Automatic Entry and Recording.",
            "content": "However, to streamline the process even more, the user can simply click on the relative cash note received. Note you will only be allowed to click on one note. This will automatically enter that value and record the bill.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:025:001:002",
            "parentPath": "000:025:001",
            "parentName": "Fast Cash:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Cashier proceeds to next order.",
            "content": "The cashier can then continue with the next order.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:025:001:003",
            "parentPath": "000:025:001",
            "parentName": "Fast Cash:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Using the Subtotal Feature:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Using the Subtotal Feature:\n   Transition to Paytype Selection Screen after Subtotal Button Click.\n     1. ) Cash Paytype Usage in Place of FAST CASH Button.\n     2. ) Credit Card Payment Processing and Tip Allocation\n     3. ) Promotions as Non-Banking Paytype for Client Discounts.\n     4. ) Staff and Management Meals Discount and Reporting.\n     5. ) Waste and Return: Recording Customer Returned Meals for Stock Balance.\n     6. ) Vouchers as a Non-Banking Paytype for Promotions and Pre-Sales",
            "path": "000:025:002",
            "parentPath": "000:025",
            "parentName": "Processing Payments:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Transition to Paytype Selection Screen after Subtotal Button Click.",
            "content": "Once the user has clicked on the subtotal button you will then proceed to the next screen which will allow you to select the relevant paytype button.",
            "outline": "Transition to Paytype Selection Screen after Subtotal Button Click.\n   1. ) Cash Paytype Usage in Place of FAST CASH Button.\n   2. ) Credit Card Payment Processing and Tip Allocation\n   3. ) Promotions as Non-Banking Paytype for Client Discounts.\n   4. ) Staff and Management Meals Discount and Reporting.\n   5. ) Waste and Return: Recording Customer Returned Meals for Stock Balance.\n   6. ) Vouchers as a Non-Banking Paytype for Promotions and Pre-Sales",
            "path": "000:025:002:000",
            "parentPath": "000:025:002",
            "parentName": "Using the Subtotal Feature:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Cash Paytype Usage in Place of FAST CASH Button.",
            "content": "1.) The cash paytype can be used instead of the FAST CASH button.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:025:002:000:000",
            "parentPath": "000:025:002:000",
            "parentName": "Transition to Paytype Selection Screen after Subtotal Button Click.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Credit Card Payment Processing and Tip Allocation",
            "content": "2.) By selecting the \u201cCredit Card\u201d button for credit card payments the user may enter the value of the credit card slip including the tip. Once the transaction is complete you will be able to see the amount allocated as well as a tip amount if offered, ensure you press the record button to ensure that the payment is captured",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:025:002:000:001",
            "parentPath": "000:025:002:000",
            "parentName": "Transition to Paytype Selection Screen after Subtotal Button Click.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Promotions as Non-Banking Paytype for Client Discounts.",
            "content": "3.) Promotions would be any discount you give your clients, or when you are running a promotion with a certain discount. This is a non banking paytype.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:025:002:000:002",
            "parentPath": "000:025:002:000",
            "parentName": "Transition to Paytype Selection Screen after Subtotal Button Click.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Staff and Management Meals Discount and Reporting.",
            "content": "4.) Staff and management meals can be discounted to a certain percentage. This will be recorded and you will be able to see the totals in your HISTORY reports. This is also a non banking paytype.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:025:002:000:003",
            "parentPath": "000:025:002:000",
            "parentName": "Transition to Paytype Selection Screen after Subtotal Button Click.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "5.) Waste and Return: Recording Customer Returned Meals for Stock Balance.",
            "content": "5.) Waste and Return is meals returned by the customer which must be recorded to balance your stock at the end of the day. This is also a non banking paytype.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:025:002:000:004",
            "parentPath": "000:025:002:000",
            "parentName": "Transition to Paytype Selection Screen after Subtotal Button Click.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "6.) Vouchers as a Non-Banking Paytype for Promotions and Pre-Sales",
            "content": "6.) Vouchers can be given out as a promotion or in some cases as pre sold and redeemed using this non banking paytype. You will be able to see the quantity and mix of items in your HISTORY reports",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:025:002:000:005",
            "parentPath": "000:025:002:000",
            "parentName": "Transition to Paytype Selection Screen after Subtotal Button Click.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Final Discounts:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Final Discounts:\n   1. ) Instructions for Accessing the Discount Button\n   2. ) Display of Discount Options in Percentage or Amount\n   3. ) Number pad appearance for entering discount amount\n   4. ) Display of Discounted Amount in Paytype Field\n   5. ) Proceeding to the payment type for bill closure\n   NOTE: Discount Application on Sub-Totalled Screen for Entire Bill Value",
            "path": "000:026",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 26,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Instructions for Accessing the Discount Button",
            "content": "1.) Click on the discount button located to the right of the menu screen",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:026:000",
            "parentPath": "000:026",
            "parentName": "Final Discounts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Display of Discount Options in Percentage or Amount",
            "content": "2.) A screen will appear with the discount in either a Percentage or an Amount",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:026:001",
            "parentPath": "000:026",
            "parentName": "Final Discounts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Number pad appearance for entering discount amount",
            "content": "3.) Once you have made your selection a number pad will appear giving the user the amount to which the bill total needs to discounted",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:026:002",
            "parentPath": "000:026",
            "parentName": "Final Discounts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Display of Discounted Amount in Paytype Field",
            "content": "4.) In the paytype field you will then see the amount that your bill is being discounted by",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:026:003",
            "parentPath": "000:026",
            "parentName": "Final Discounts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "5.) Proceeding to the payment type for bill closure",
            "content": "5.) Finally you can then proceed to the paytype in which the bill will be closed to",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:026:004",
            "parentPath": "000:026",
            "parentName": "Final Discounts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "NOTE: Discount Application on Sub-Totalled Screen for Entire Bill Value",
            "content": "NOTE: This discount is done in the same way individual items are discounted on the ordering screen except that the Sub-Totalled screen discount will discount the entire value of the bill",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:026:005",
            "parentPath": "000:026",
            "parentName": "Final Discounts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Final Discounts:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Final Discounts:\n   1. ) Instructions for Accessing the Discount Button.\n   2. ) Display of Discount Options in Percentage or Amount.\n   3. ) Number pad appearance for entering discount amount.\n   4. ) Display of Discounted Amount in Paytype Field.\n   5. ) Proceeding to the Payment Type to Close the Bill.\n   NOTE: Discount Calculation on the Sub-Totalled Screen.",
            "path": "000:027",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 27,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Instructions for Accessing the Discount Button.",
            "content": "1.) Click on the discount button located to the right of the menu screen.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:027:000",
            "parentPath": "000:027",
            "parentName": "Final Discounts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Display of Discount Options in Percentage or Amount.",
            "content": "2.) A screen will appear with the discount in either a Percentage or an Amount.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:027:001",
            "parentPath": "000:027",
            "parentName": "Final Discounts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Number pad appearance for entering discount amount.",
            "content": "3.) Once you have made your selection a number pad will appear giving the user the amount to which the bill total needs to discounted.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:027:002",
            "parentPath": "000:027",
            "parentName": "Final Discounts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Display of Discounted Amount in Paytype Field.",
            "content": "4.) In the paytype field you will then see the amount that your bill is being discounted by.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:027:003",
            "parentPath": "000:027",
            "parentName": "Final Discounts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "5.) Proceeding to the Payment Type to Close the Bill.",
            "content": "5.) Finally you can then proceed to the paytype in which the bill will be closed to.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:027:004",
            "parentPath": "000:027",
            "parentName": "Final Discounts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "NOTE: Discount Calculation on the Sub-Totalled Screen.",
            "content": "NOTE: This discount is done in the same way individual items are discounted on the ordering screen except that the Sub-Totalled screen discount will discount the entire value of the bill.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:027:005",
            "parentPath": "000:027",
            "parentName": "Final Discounts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Print last Receipt:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Print last Receipt:\n   Print Last Feature for Invoicing.\n     Disabling print last feature to restrict access for waitrons\/cashiers.\n   Print last Receipt:",
            "path": "000:028",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 28,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Print Last Feature for Invoicing.",
            "content": "The print last feature is to enable the user to print or reprint the last invoice that was recorded. Once the invoice has been recorded a print last button will be displayed. Clicking this button will print out the last invoice to the bill printer.",
            "outline": "Print Last Feature for Invoicing.\n   Disabling print last feature to restrict access for waitrons\/cashiers.",
            "path": "000:028:000",
            "parentPath": "000:028",
            "parentName": "Print last Receipt:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Disabling print last feature to restrict access for waitrons\/cashiers.",
            "content": "This feature can also be disabled to avoid waitrons\/cashiers access to print the last bill.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:028:000:000",
            "parentPath": "000:028:000",
            "parentName": "Print Last Feature for Invoicing.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Print last Receipt:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:028:001",
            "parentPath": "000:028",
            "parentName": "Print last Receipt:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Print Last Feature for Invoices.",
            "content": "The print last feature is to enable the user to print or reprint the last invoice that was recorded. Once the invoice has been recorded a print last button will be displayed. Clicking this button will print out the last invoice to the bill printer.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:029",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 29,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Disabling Print Last Feature for Waitrons\/Cashiers.",
            "content": "This feature can also be disabled to avoid waitrons\/cashiers access to print the last bill.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:030",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 30,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Invoice Recall:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Invoice Recall:\n   1. ) Instructions to Access Invoice Recall Feature\n   2. ) Selecting the Invoice by Unique Number for Same-Day Recall.\n   3. ) Confirmation Query for Bill Deletion and Editing.\n   4. ) Invoice Processing and Payment Options.\n   NOTE: Attachment of Slips and Refund\/Charge Procedures for Invoice Adjustments",
            "path": "000:031",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 31,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Instructions to Access Invoice Recall Feature",
            "content": "1.) In the table screen, click on the top button, \u2018Invoice Recall\u2019",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:031:000",
            "parentPath": "000:031",
            "parentName": "Invoice Recall:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Selecting the Invoice by Unique Number for Same-Day Recall.",
            "content": "2.) Select invoice by invoice number as each is unique to a slip per day and can only be recalled on the same day. Either double click or click on the invoice and press select.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:031:001",
            "parentPath": "000:031",
            "parentName": "Invoice Recall:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Confirmation Query for Bill Deletion and Editing.",
            "content": "3.) A query box will appear notifying you that the current selected bill will be deleted and the editing will be recorded in its place and if you are sure you want to edit this. Press Yes.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:031:002",
            "parentPath": "000:031",
            "parentName": "Invoice Recall:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Invoice Processing and Payment Options.",
            "content": "4.) The invoice will appear from the subtotal screen. Press Cancel, void or add accordingly to the order and proceed with the payment.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:031:003",
            "parentPath": "000:031",
            "parentName": "Invoice Recall:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "NOTE: Attachment of Slips and Refund\/Charge Procedures for Invoice Adjustments",
            "content": "NOTE: Slips must be attached to the original invoice, including voids. If the new slip is less than the previous invoice; refund with cash. If the new invoice is more than the paytype of the previous slip and charge cash or card for the remaining amount",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:031:004",
            "parentPath": "000:031",
            "parentName": "Invoice Recall:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Invoice Recall:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Invoice Recall:\n   1. ) Accessing the Invoice Recall Feature\n   2. ) Selecting an Invoice by Unique Number for Same-Day Recall.\n   3. ) Confirmation Query for Bill Deletion and Editing.\n   4. ) Invoice Processing and Payment Instructions.\n   NOTE: Attachment of Slips and Refund\/Charge Procedures for Invoice Adjustments.",
            "path": "000:032",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 32,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Accessing the Invoice Recall Feature",
            "content": "1.) In the table screen, click on the top button, \u2018Invoice Recall\u2019",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:032:000",
            "parentPath": "000:032",
            "parentName": "Invoice Recall:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Selecting an Invoice by Unique Number for Same-Day Recall.",
            "content": "2.) Select invoice by invoice number as each is unique to a slip per day and can only be recalled on the same day. Either double click or click on the invoice and press select.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:032:001",
            "parentPath": "000:032",
            "parentName": "Invoice Recall:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Confirmation Query for Bill Deletion and Editing.",
            "content": "3.) A query box will appear notifying you that the current selected bill will be deleted and the editing will be recorded in its place and if you are sure you want to edit this. Press Yes.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:032:002",
            "parentPath": "000:032",
            "parentName": "Invoice Recall:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Invoice Processing and Payment Instructions.",
            "content": "4.) The invoice will appear from the subtotal screen. Press Cancel, void or add accordingly to the order and proceed with the payment.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:032:003",
            "parentPath": "000:032",
            "parentName": "Invoice Recall:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "NOTE: Attachment of Slips and Refund\/Charge Procedures for Invoice Adjustments.",
            "content": "NOTE: Slips must be attached to the original invoice, including voids. If the new slip is less than the previous invoice; refund with cash. If the new invoice is more than the paytype of the previous slip and charge cash or card for the remaining amount.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:032:004",
            "parentPath": "000:032",
            "parentName": "Invoice Recall:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Payouts:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Payouts:\n   Purpose of Payouts from Daily Takings ...\n   List of Payouts Since Last Day-End\n   Finalizing the Payout and Printing the Payout Slip\n   Enter reason for payout \u2013 Prompting keyboard via down arrow selection\n   Enter reference or invoice number for payout\n   Entry of payout amount as a positive value\n   Assignment of Payout to Responsible Cashier\n   Payouts:\n     Purpose of Payouts for Cash Disbursements from Daily Takings ...\n     Instructions to Access Payout Feature :",
            "path": "000:033",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 33,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Purpose of Payouts from Daily Takings.",
            "content": "Payouts are used when cash is taken from the daily takings to pay for deliveries, buy miscellaneous Items or pay casual wages etc...",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:033:000",
            "parentPath": "000:033",
            "parentName": "Payouts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "List of Payouts Since Last Day-End",
            "content": "On the right hand side of the payout screen you can see a list of the payouts that have already been done since the last Day-End",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:033:001",
            "parentPath": "000:033",
            "parentName": "Payouts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Finalizing the Payout and Printing the Payout Slip",
            "content": "Once all the information has been entered correctly, the user should press RECORD to finalize the payout. A payout slip will be printed which should be given to the staff member to hand in with their cash-up",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:033:002",
            "parentPath": "000:033",
            "parentName": "Payouts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Enter reason for payout \u2013 Prompting keyboard via down arrow selection",
            "content": "Enter the reason for the payout \u2013 Clicking on down arrow and selecting the relevant white block will prompt a keyboard to appear",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:033:003",
            "parentPath": "000:033",
            "parentName": "Payouts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Enter reference or invoice number for payout",
            "content": "Enter a reference for the payout or alternatively you can enter the invoice number",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:033:004",
            "parentPath": "000:033",
            "parentName": "Payouts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Entry of payout amount as a positive value",
            "content": "The amount paid out is entered, a positive value (a pay in is a negative value)",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:033:005",
            "parentPath": "000:033",
            "parentName": "Payouts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Assignment of Payout to Responsible Cashier",
            "content": "The Payout needs to be assigned to the Cashier responsible for the cash, by pressing the button next to staff, this will bring up a list of staff and you can then select the relevant person",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:033:006",
            "parentPath": "000:033",
            "parentName": "Payouts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 6,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Payouts:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Payouts:\n   Purpose of Payouts for Cash Disbursements from Daily Takings ...\n   Instructions to Access Payout Feature :\n     1. ) Entering the reason for the payout.\n     2. ) Enter reference or invoice number for payout.\n     3. ) Entering the payout amount as a positive value (pay in as negative value).\n     4. ) Assigning Payout to Responsible Cashier.\n     5. ) Finalizing the payout and printing the payout slip.\n     6. ) List of Payouts Processed Since Last Day-End.",
            "path": "000:033:007",
            "parentPath": "000:033",
            "parentName": "Payouts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 7,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Purpose of Payouts for Cash Disbursements from Daily Takings.",
            "content": "Payouts are used when cash is taken from the daily takings to pay for deliveries, buy miscellaneous Items or pay casual wages etc...",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:033:007:000",
            "parentPath": "000:033:007",
            "parentName": "Payouts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Instructions to Access Payout Feature:",
            "content": "Click on the icon \u2018Payout\u2019:",
            "outline": "Instructions to Access Payout Feature :\n   1. ) Entering the reason for the payout.\n   2. ) Enter reference or invoice number for payout.\n   3. ) Entering the payout amount as a positive value (pay in as negative value).\n   4. ) Assigning Payout to Responsible Cashier.\n   5. ) Finalizing the payout and printing the payout slip.\n   6. ) List of Payouts Processed Since Last Day-End.",
            "path": "000:033:007:001",
            "parentPath": "000:033:007",
            "parentName": "Payouts:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Entering the reason for the payout.",
            "content": "1.) Enter the reason for the payout \u2013 Clicking on down arrow and selecting the relevant white block will prompt a keyboard to appear.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:033:007:001:000",
            "parentPath": "000:033:007:001",
            "parentName": "Instructions to Access Payout Feature:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Enter reference or invoice number for payout.",
            "content": "2.) Enter a reference for the payout or alternatively you can enter the invoice number.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:033:007:001:001",
            "parentPath": "000:033:007:001",
            "parentName": "Instructions to Access Payout Feature:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Entering the payout amount as a positive value (pay in as negative value).",
            "content": "3.) The amount paid out is entered, a positive value ( a pay in is a negative value).",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:033:007:001:002",
            "parentPath": "000:033:007:001",
            "parentName": "Instructions to Access Payout Feature:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Assigning Payout to Responsible Cashier.",
            "content": "4.) The Payout needs to be assigned to the Cashier responsible for the cash, by pressing the button next to staff, this will bring up a list of staff and you can then select the relevant person.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:033:007:001:003",
            "parentPath": "000:033:007:001",
            "parentName": "Instructions to Access Payout Feature:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "5.) Finalizing the payout and printing the payout slip.",
            "content": "5.) Once all the information has been entered correctly, the user should press RECORD to finalize the payout. A payout slip will be printed which should be given to the staff member to hand in with their cash-up.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:033:007:001:004",
            "parentPath": "000:033:007:001",
            "parentName": "Instructions to Access Payout Feature:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "6.) List of Payouts Processed Since Last Day-End.",
            "content": "6.) On the right hand side of the payout screen you can see a list of the payouts that have already been done since the last Day-End.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:033:007:001:005",
            "parentPath": "000:033:007:001",
            "parentName": "Instructions to Access Payout Feature:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:\n   Definition of Not Cashed Up\n   CASHED UP: Staff Movement and Day End Requirements.\n   STILL WORKING: Definition of Staff Member Status with Open Tables or Incomplete Logout\n   PRINT LIST: Functionality to print a list of staff members who are not logged out\n   SHOW SUMMARY: Overview of Staff Cash Up Figures Availability\n   DO CASHUP: Procedure to Access Waitron Cash Up Screen.\n   Reference to Additional Instructions on Next Page.\n   Exit option for cash-up screen.\n   CASHED UP: Staff Transition and Day End Requirement.\n   STILL WORKING: Definition of Staff Members with Open Tables or Not Logged Out.\n   PRINT LIST: Functionality to Print Unlogged Staff List.\n   SHOW SUMMARY: Overview of Staff Cash Up Figures Available Anytime.\n   DO CASHUP: Accessing the Waitron Cash Up Screen.\n   Exit option for cash-up screen.\n   Staff Cash \u2013 up:\n     PAYOUTS: Display of All Payouts from Waitrons Float or Code.\n     Deductions: Display of Pre-Set Deductions in Second Block.\n     Staff member details displayed upon selection for cash up.\n     Payment details: Categorized transactions for the staff member.\n     Summary of Cash Amount Calculation and Payment to Business.\n     PRINT CASHUP ICON FUNCTIONALITY.\n     EXIT: Completion of Cashup Procedure.\n     Option to Print Detailed or Total Voids, Discounts, Payouts, and Deductions.\n     Voids and Discounts Display During Shift.",
            "path": "000:034",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 34,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Definition of Not Cashed Up",
            "content": "NOT CASHED UP: Means that your waitron has logged out but has not yet been cashed up",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:000",
            "parentPath": "000:034",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "CASHED UP: Staff Movement and Day End Requirements.",
            "content": "CASHED UP: All the staff will be moved to this column after they have cashed up. All staff should be in this column for you to be able to run day end.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:001",
            "parentPath": "000:034",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "STILL WORKING: Definition of Staff Member Status with Open Tables or Incomplete Logout",
            "content": "STILL WORKING: means that a staff member still has open tables or has not logged out",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:002",
            "parentPath": "000:034",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "PRINT LIST: Functionality to print a list of staff members who are not logged out",
            "content": "PRINT LIST: Allows you to print the list to see who has not been logged out",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:003",
            "parentPath": "000:034",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "SHOW SUMMARY: Overview of Staff Cash Up Figures Availability",
            "content": "SHOW SUMMARY: will show each staff member and their cash up figures. This can also be run at any time during the day",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:004",
            "parentPath": "000:034",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "DO CASHUP: Procedure to Access Waitron Cash Up Screen.",
            "content": "DO CASHUP: When selecting the staff member in the middles column you have to click on \u201cDo Cash - up\u201d. This will open the waitron cash up screen.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:005",
            "parentPath": "000:034",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Reference to Additional Instructions on Next Page.",
            "content": "(See next page).",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:006",
            "parentPath": "000:034",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 6,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Exit option for cash-up screen.",
            "content": "EXIT: If you no longer need to be in the cash - up screen you can Exit.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:007",
            "parentPath": "000:034",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 7,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "CASHED UP: Staff Transition and Day End Requirement.",
            "content": "CASHED UP: All the staff will be moved to this column after they have cashed up. All staff should be in this column for you to be able to run day end.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:008",
            "parentPath": "000:034",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 8,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "STILL WORKING: Definition of Staff Members with Open Tables or Not Logged Out.",
            "content": "STILL WORKING: means that a staff member still has open tables or has not logged out.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:009",
            "parentPath": "000:034",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 9,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "PRINT LIST: Functionality to Print Unlogged Staff List.",
            "content": "PRINT LIST: Allows you to print the list to see who has not been logged out.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:010",
            "parentPath": "000:034",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 10,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "SHOW SUMMARY: Overview of Staff Cash Up Figures Available Anytime.",
            "content": "SHOW SUMMARY: will show each staff member and their cash up figures. This can also be run at any time during the day.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:011",
            "parentPath": "000:034",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 11,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "DO CASHUP: Accessing the Waitron Cash Up Screen.",
            "content": "DO CASHUP: When selecting the staff member in the middles column you have to click on \u201cDo Cash - up\u201d. This will open the waitron cash up screen.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:012",
            "parentPath": "000:034",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 12,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Exit option for cash-up screen.",
            "content": "EXIT: If you no longer need to be in the cash - up screen you can Exit.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:013",
            "parentPath": "000:034",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 13,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:\n   PAYOUTS: Display of All Payouts from Waitrons Float or Code.\n   Deductions: Display of Pre-Set Deductions in Second Block.\n   Staff member details displayed upon selection for cash up.\n   Payment details: Categorized transactions for the staff member.\n   Summary of Cash Amount Calculation and Payment to Business.\n   PRINT CASHUP ICON FUNCTIONALITY.\n   EXIT: Completion of Cashup Procedure.\n   Option to Print Detailed or Total Voids, Discounts, Payouts, and Deductions.\n   Voids and Discounts Display During Shift.",
            "path": "000:034:014",
            "parentPath": "000:034",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 14,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "PAYOUTS: Display of All Payouts from Waitrons Float or Code.",
            "content": "PAYOUTS: All payouts made from waitrons float or on his code will be displayed in this block.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:014:000",
            "parentPath": "000:034:014",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Deductions: Display of Pre-Set Deductions in Second Block.",
            "content": "DEDUCTIONS: Any pre \u2013 set deductions will be displayed in the second block.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:014:001",
            "parentPath": "000:034:014",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Staff member details displayed upon selection for cash up.",
            "content": "When you have selected the staff member to cash up, you will see their name, staff number, login and logout time.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:014:002",
            "parentPath": "000:034:014",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Payment details: Categorized transactions for the staff member.",
            "content": "PAYMENT DETAILS: All the recorded transactions for this staff member will be displayed in this column categorized by paytypes.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:014:003",
            "parentPath": "000:034:014",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Summary of Cash Amount Calculation and Payment to Business.",
            "content": "SUMMARY: You can now see the cash amount \u2013 payouts + deductions will give you the NET amount due to the business. Net cash is what the Cashier should pay you at the end of their shift.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:014:004",
            "parentPath": "000:034:014",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "PRINT CASHUP ICON FUNCTIONALITY.",
            "content": "PRINT CASHUP: This icon allows you to print the cash up.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:014:005",
            "parentPath": "000:034:014",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "EXIT: Completion of Cashup Procedure.",
            "content": "EXIT: When you have completed your cashup procedure.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:014:006",
            "parentPath": "000:034:014",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 6,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Option to Print Detailed or Total Voids, Discounts, Payouts, and Deductions.",
            "content": "This gives you the option to print voids and discounts in detail or you can select to print only the totals. The same option is available for payouts and deductions.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:014:007",
            "parentPath": "000:034:014",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 7,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Voids and Discounts Display During Shift.",
            "content": "VOIDS & DISCOUNTS: Any voids and discounts done during the shift will now be displayed in this block.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:034:014:008",
            "parentPath": "000:034:014",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash \u2013 up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 8,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Staff Cash-up:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Staff Cash-up:\n   Instructions to Access Staff Cash-up on POS Screen.\n   Navigation to Staff Cash-up Screen with Column Overview :\n     - STILL WORKING: Definition and Explanation.\n     - Definition of Not Cashed Up.\n     - CASHED UP: Staff Movement and Day End Requirement.\n   Location of Extra Feature Buttons :\n     - SHOW SUMMARY: Display of Staff Cash Up Figures.\n     - PRINT LIST: Printing the List of Staff Members Who Have Not Logged Out.\n     - DO CASHUP: Opening the Waitron Cash Up Screen.\n     - EXIT: Option to exit the cash-up screen if no longer needed.\n   Navigation to Staff Member's Cash-up Details.\n   Overview of Staff Member Cash-Up Features :\n     - Log in, log out times, and total hours worked.\n     - Payment details: cash, credit card, and non-banking.\n     - Payouts Made on Staff Members' Names.\n     - Deductions and earnings records.\n     - Voids and Discounts Viewable on Staff Members' Tables.\n     - Summary of net cash for staff member hand-in.\n     - Printing the Cashup Summary.\n     - Process for cashing up staff member and proceeding to the next.",
            "path": "000:035",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 35,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Instructions to Access Staff Cash-up on POS Screen.",
            "content": "In the POS screen, click on the icon on the far left top corner that says \u2018Staff Cash-up\u2019.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:035:000",
            "parentPath": "000:035",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash-up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Navigation to Staff Cash-up Screen with Column Overview:",
            "content": "It will take you to a screen that has three columns with different colours and headings:",
            "outline": "Navigation to Staff Cash-up Screen with Column Overview :\n   - STILL WORKING: Definition and Explanation.\n   - Definition of Not Cashed Up.\n   - CASHED UP: Staff Movement and Day End Requirement.",
            "path": "000:035:001",
            "parentPath": "000:035",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash-up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- STILL WORKING: Definition and Explanation.",
            "content": "- STILL WORKING: means that a staff member still has open tables or has not logged out.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:035:001:000",
            "parentPath": "000:035:001",
            "parentName": "Navigation to Staff Cash-up Screen with Column Overview:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Definition of Not Cashed Up.",
            "content": "- NOT CASHED UP: Means that your waitron has logged out but has not yet been cashed up.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:035:001:001",
            "parentPath": "000:035:001",
            "parentName": "Navigation to Staff Cash-up Screen with Column Overview:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- CASHED UP: Staff Movement and Day End Requirement.",
            "content": "- CASHED UP: All the staff will be moved to this column after they have cashed up. All staff should be in this column for you to be able to run day end.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:035:001:002",
            "parentPath": "000:035:001",
            "parentName": "Navigation to Staff Cash-up Screen with Column Overview:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Location of Extra Feature Buttons:",
            "content": "Below the columns are the buttons with extra features:",
            "outline": "Location of Extra Feature Buttons :\n   - SHOW SUMMARY: Display of Staff Cash Up Figures.\n   - PRINT LIST: Printing the List of Staff Members Who Have Not Logged Out.\n   - DO CASHUP: Opening the Waitron Cash Up Screen.\n   - EXIT: Option to exit the cash-up screen if no longer needed.",
            "path": "000:035:002",
            "parentPath": "000:035",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash-up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- SHOW SUMMARY: Display of Staff Cash Up Figures.",
            "content": "- SHOW SUMMARY: will show each staff member and their cash up figures. This can also be run at any time during the day.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:035:002:000",
            "parentPath": "000:035:002",
            "parentName": "Location of Extra Feature Buttons:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- PRINT LIST: Printing the List of Staff Members Who Have Not Logged Out.",
            "content": "- PRINT LIST: Allows you to print the list to see who has not been logged out.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:035:002:001",
            "parentPath": "000:035:002",
            "parentName": "Location of Extra Feature Buttons:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- DO CASHUP: Opening the Waitron Cash Up Screen.",
            "content": "- DO CASHUP: When selecting a staff member in the middle column you have to click on \u201cDo Cash-up\u201d. This will open the waitron cash up screen.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:035:002:002",
            "parentPath": "000:035:002",
            "parentName": "Location of Extra Feature Buttons:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- EXIT: Option to exit the cash-up screen if no longer needed.",
            "content": "- EXIT: If you no longer need to be in the cash - up screen you can Exit.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:035:002:003",
            "parentPath": "000:035:002",
            "parentName": "Location of Extra Feature Buttons:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Navigation to Staff Member's Cash-up Details.",
            "content": "Once you have selected a staff member and clicked on \u2018Do Cash-up\u2019 it will take you to that staff member\u2019s particular details for the shift that they have preformed.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:035:003",
            "parentPath": "000:035",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash-up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Overview of Staff Member Cash-Up Features:",
            "content": "In the staff members cashup you may view important features such as:",
            "outline": "Overview of Staff Member Cash-Up Features :\n   - Log in, log out times, and total hours worked.\n   - Payment details: cash, credit card, and non-banking.\n   - Payouts Made on Staff Members' Names.\n   - Deductions and earnings records.\n   - Voids and Discounts Viewable on Staff Members' Tables.\n   - Summary of net cash for staff member hand-in.\n   - Printing the Cashup Summary.\n   - Process for cashing up staff member and proceeding to the next.",
            "path": "000:035:004",
            "parentPath": "000:035",
            "parentName": "Staff Cash-up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Log in, log out times, and total hours worked.",
            "content": "- The log in and log out time and the total hours worked.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:035:004:000",
            "parentPath": "000:035:004",
            "parentName": "Overview of Staff Member Cash-Up Features:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Payment details: cash, credit card, and non-banking.",
            "content": "- The payment details, such as cash, credit card and non banking.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:035:004:001",
            "parentPath": "000:035:004",
            "parentName": "Overview of Staff Member Cash-Up Features:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Payouts Made on Staff Members' Names.",
            "content": "- Any payouts done on the staff members name.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:035:004:002",
            "parentPath": "000:035:004",
            "parentName": "Overview of Staff Member Cash-Up Features:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Deductions and earnings records.",
            "content": "- Any deductions or earnings done.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:035:004:003",
            "parentPath": "000:035:004",
            "parentName": "Overview of Staff Member Cash-Up Features:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Voids and Discounts Viewable on Staff Members' Tables.",
            "content": "- Any voids and discounts for the user to view, done on the staff members tables.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:035:004:004",
            "parentPath": "000:035:004",
            "parentName": "Overview of Staff Member Cash-Up Features:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Summary of net cash for staff member hand-in.",
            "content": "- The summary will show you the net cash that the staff member has to hand in.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:035:004:005",
            "parentPath": "000:035:004",
            "parentName": "Overview of Staff Member Cash-Up Features:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Printing the Cashup Summary.",
            "content": "- You may print the cashup as well, by selecting the button to the right.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:035:004:006",
            "parentPath": "000:035:004",
            "parentName": "Overview of Staff Member Cash-Up Features:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 6,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Process for cashing up staff member and proceeding to the next.",
            "content": "- By clicking on \u2018Exit\u2019 this will allow the staff member to be cashed up; you may then proceed to the next staff member.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:035:004:007",
            "parentPath": "000:035:004",
            "parentName": "Overview of Staff Member Cash-Up Features:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 7,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Final Cash-Up:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Final Cash-Up:\n   Definition of Actual and Reconciliation with Computer Amount.\n   Definition of Non-Banking Amounts and Examples.\n   COMPUTER: Calculated Amounts Based on Daily Recorded Information.\n   CASH PAYOUTS: Daily Payout Summary and Detailed View.\n   BALANCING: Calculation of Difference Between Actual and Computer Values.\n   CANCEL: Exit without saving changes.\n   SAVE AND EXIT: Saving Cash Up Details and Exiting.\n   PRINT REPORT: Functionality to Print Cash Up Details.\n   REPRINT: Option to Reprint Previous Days' Cash Up with Date Selection.\n   Entering Accumulated Cash from Cashiers.\n   CREDIT CARD: Total from Credit Card Slips per Machine Summary Printout.\n   Final Cash-up:\n     Final Cash-up Procedure After Staff Cash-up.",
            "path": "000:036",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 36,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Definition of Actual and Reconciliation with Computer Amount.",
            "content": "ACTUAL: Refers to what you have on hand. You will need to check all slips to correspond with the computer amount.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:000",
            "parentPath": "000:036",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-Up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Definition of Non-Banking Amounts and Examples.",
            "content": "NON BANKING: Refers to any amount that you have not, nor will you ever receive payments for. E.g. Promotions, waste etc.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:001",
            "parentPath": "000:036",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-Up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "COMPUTER: Calculated Amounts Based on Daily Recorded Information.",
            "content": "COMPUTER: These amounts are the calculated amounts based on information recorded by the computer throughout the day. Ideally your \u201cactual\u201d figures should balance with these.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:002",
            "parentPath": "000:036",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-Up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "CASH PAYOUTS: Daily Payout Summary and Detailed View.",
            "content": "CASH PAYOUTS: All the payouts you have made during the day. When clicking on \u2018Show Payout Details\u2019 a full description of all the payouts will appear.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:003",
            "parentPath": "000:036",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-Up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "BALANCING: Calculation of Difference Between Actual and Computer Values.",
            "content": "BALANCING: This will calculate the difference between \u2018Actual \u2018and \u2018Computer\u201d Either with a under by, Over by or Balanced Solution.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:004",
            "parentPath": "000:036",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-Up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "CANCEL: Exit without saving changes.",
            "content": "CANCEL: Select the cancel button to exit without saving.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:005",
            "parentPath": "000:036",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-Up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "SAVE AND EXIT: Saving Cash Up Details and Exiting.",
            "content": "SAVE AND EXIT: Once you have completed the cash up and are ready to save it.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:006",
            "parentPath": "000:036",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-Up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 6,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "PRINT REPORT: Functionality to Print Cash Up Details.",
            "content": "PRINT REPORT: Allows you print cash up details.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:007",
            "parentPath": "000:036",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-Up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 7,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "REPRINT: Option to Reprint Previous Days' Cash Up with Date Selection.",
            "content": "REPRINT: This allows you to reprint a previous days cash up. You will be given a selection of available dates.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:008",
            "parentPath": "000:036",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-Up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 8,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Entering Accumulated Cash from Cashiers.",
            "content": "When counting the accumulated cash from the cashiers, it should be entered in the relevant window. Click on the white block next to your domination and type in the amount you have counted. E.g. If you counted R1000.00 in R200.00 you will enter 1000.00.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:009",
            "parentPath": "000:036",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-Up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 9,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "CREDIT CARD: Total from Credit Card Slips per Machine Summary Printout.",
            "content": "CREDIT CARD: Should be the total your credit card slips as per the summary printout from your credit card machine. Print out a summary report from the CC Machine.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:010",
            "parentPath": "000:036",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-Up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 10,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Final Cash-up:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Final Cash-up:\n   Final Cash-up Procedure After Staff Cash-up.\n     1. ) Verify and Correct Date for Final Cash-up.\n     2. ) COMPUTER block: Calculated amounts based on daily recorded information.\n     3. ) ACTUAL: Definition and Verification of On-Hand Amounts.\n     4. ) BALANCING: Calculation of Difference Between Actual and Computer Earnings.\n     5. ) REPRINT: Reprinting Previous Day\u2019s Cash-Up.\n     6. ) PRINT REPORT: Printing Cash-Up Details.\n     7. ) SAVE AND EXIT: Completing and saving the cash-up.\n     8. ) CANCEL: Exit without saving.",
            "path": "000:036:011",
            "parentPath": "000:036",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-Up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 11,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Final Cash-up Procedure After Staff Cash-up.",
            "content": "Once you have cashed up all the staff members for the day\u2019s trade, you may then proceed to do a \u2018Final Cash-up\u2019.",
            "outline": "Final Cash-up Procedure After Staff Cash-up.\n   1. ) Verify and Correct Date for Final Cash-up.\n   2. ) COMPUTER block: Calculated amounts based on daily recorded information.\n   3. ) ACTUAL: Definition and Verification of On-Hand Amounts.\n     - CASH: Procedure for Entering Accumulated Cash from Service Staff.\n     - CREDIT CARD: Total from Credit Card Slips per Summary Printout.\n     - NON BANKING: Definition and Examples of Non-Receivable Amounts ...\n     - CASH PAYOUTS: Daily Payout Summary and Details.\n     - Summary of Staff Earnings, Breakages, and Levy.\n   4. ) BALANCING: Calculation of Difference Between Actual and Computer Earnings.\n   5. ) REPRINT: Reprinting Previous Day\u2019s Cash-Up.\n   6. ) PRINT REPORT: Printing Cash-Up Details.\n   7. ) SAVE AND EXIT: Completing and saving the cash-up.\n   8. ) CANCEL: Exit without saving.",
            "path": "000:036:011:000",
            "parentPath": "000:036:011",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-up:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Verify and Correct Date for Final Cash-up.",
            "content": "1.) Ensure that the day is correct, by checking on the date in the right top corner. If the date is incorrect, click on the button located beneath it, \u2018Change Date\u2019 and select the appropriate date.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:011:000:000",
            "parentPath": "000:036:011:000",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-up Procedure After Staff Cash-up.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) COMPUTER block: Calculated amounts based on daily recorded information.",
            "content": "2.) In the block COMPUTER: These amounts are the calculated amounts based on information recorded by the computer throughout the day. Ideally your \u201cactual\u201d figures should balance with these.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:011:000:001",
            "parentPath": "000:036:011:000",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-up Procedure After Staff Cash-up.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) ACTUAL: Definition and Verification of On-Hand Amounts.",
            "content": "3.) ACTUAL: Refers to what you have on hand. You will need to check all slips to correspond with the computer amount.",
            "outline": "3. ) ACTUAL: Definition and Verification of On-Hand Amounts.\n   - CASH: Procedure for Entering Accumulated Cash from Service Staff.\n   - CREDIT CARD: Total from Credit Card Slips per Summary Printout.\n   - NON BANKING: Definition and Examples of Non-Receivable Amounts ...\n   - CASH PAYOUTS: Daily Payout Summary and Details.\n   - Summary of Staff Earnings, Breakages, and Levy.",
            "path": "000:036:011:000:002",
            "parentPath": "000:036:011:000",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-up Procedure After Staff Cash-up.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- CASH: Procedure for Entering Accumulated Cash from Service Staff.",
            "content": "- CASH: When counting the accumulated cash from the service staff, it should be entered in the relevant window. Click on the white block next to your domination and type in the amount you have counted. E.g. If you counted R1000.00 in R200.00 you will enter 1000.00.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:011:000:002:000",
            "parentPath": "000:036:011:000:002",
            "parentName": "3.) ACTUAL: Definition and Verification of On-Hand Amounts.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- CREDIT CARD: Total from Credit Card Slips per Summary Printout.",
            "content": "- CREDIT CARD: Should be the total your credit card slips as per the summary printout from your credit card machine. Print out a summary report from the CC Machine.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:011:000:002:001",
            "parentPath": "000:036:011:000:002",
            "parentName": "3.) ACTUAL: Definition and Verification of On-Hand Amounts.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- NON BANKING: Definition and Examples of Non-Receivable Amounts",
            "content": "- NON BANKING: Refers to any amount that you have not, nor will you ever receive payments for. E.g. Promotions, waste etc...",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:011:000:002:002",
            "parentPath": "000:036:011:000:002",
            "parentName": "3.) ACTUAL: Definition and Verification of On-Hand Amounts.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- CASH PAYOUTS: Daily Payout Summary and Details.",
            "content": "- CASH PAYOUTS: All the payouts you have made during the day. When clicking on \u2018Show Payout Details\u2019 a full description of all the payouts will appear for you to view.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:011:000:002:003",
            "parentPath": "000:036:011:000:002",
            "parentName": "3.) ACTUAL: Definition and Verification of On-Hand Amounts.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "- Summary of Staff Earnings, Breakages, and Levy.",
            "content": "- At the bottom of the actual screen will show you all the staff earnings, breakages as well as the Levy.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:011:000:002:004",
            "parentPath": "000:036:011:000:002",
            "parentName": "3.) ACTUAL: Definition and Verification of On-Hand Amounts.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) BALANCING: Calculation of Difference Between Actual and Computer Earnings.",
            "content": "4.) BALANCING: This will calculate the difference between \u2018Actual \u2018and \u2018Computer\u201d Either with a Under by, Over by or Balanced Solution.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:011:000:003",
            "parentPath": "000:036:011:000",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-up Procedure After Staff Cash-up.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "5.) REPRINT: Reprinting Previous Day\u2019s Cash-Up.",
            "content": "5.) REPRINT: This allows you to reprint a previous day\u2019s cash-up. You will be given a selection of available dates.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:011:000:004",
            "parentPath": "000:036:011:000",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-up Procedure After Staff Cash-up.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "6.) PRINT REPORT: Printing Cash-Up Details.",
            "content": "6.) PRINT REPORT: Allows you print cash-up details.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:011:000:005",
            "parentPath": "000:036:011:000",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-up Procedure After Staff Cash-up.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "7.) SAVE AND EXIT: Completing and saving the cash-up.",
            "content": "7.) SAVE AND EXIT: Once you have completed the cash-up and are ready to save it.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:011:000:006",
            "parentPath": "000:036:011:000",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-up Procedure After Staff Cash-up.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 6,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "8.) CANCEL: Exit without saving.",
            "content": "8.) CANCEL: Select the cancel button to exit without saving.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:036:011:000:007",
            "parentPath": "000:036:011:000",
            "parentName": "Final Cash-up Procedure After Staff Cash-up.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 7,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Day End procedures:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Day End procedures:\n   Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.\n     1. ) Initiating the Day End Procedure by Clicking the \u2018Dayend\u2019 Icon\n     2. ) Selecting the report dates\n     3. ) Pressing the DO DAY END Button after Entering Dates\n     4. ) Cancel to exit without completing the day end procedure\n   Notification of Successful Day End Completion.\n   Day End procedures:\n     Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.",
            "path": "000:037",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 37,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.",
            "content": "The day end procedure should be run daily; the reason for doing a day end is to separate the figures so reports can be produced from day to day.",
            "outline": "Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.\n   1. ) Initiating the Day End Procedure by Clicking the \u2018Dayend\u2019 Icon\n   2. ) Selecting the report dates\n   3. ) Pressing the DO DAY END Button after Entering Dates\n   4. ) Cancel to exit without completing the day end procedure",
            "path": "000:037:000",
            "parentPath": "000:037",
            "parentName": "Day End procedures:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Initiating the Day End Procedure by Clicking the \u2018Dayend\u2019 Icon",
            "content": "1.) Begin by clicking on the icon \u2018Dayend\u2019",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:037:000:000",
            "parentPath": "000:037:000",
            "parentName": "Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Selecting the report dates",
            "content": "2.) Next, select the report date -TODAYS date. Then select the next report date, your next trading day",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:037:000:001",
            "parentPath": "000:037:000",
            "parentName": "Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Pressing the DO DAY END Button after Entering Dates",
            "content": "3.) Once you have entered in the correct dates - Press the DO DAY END button",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:037:000:002",
            "parentPath": "000:037:000",
            "parentName": "Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Cancel to exit without completing the day end procedure",
            "content": "4.) Cancel to exit without completing the day end procedure",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:037:000:003",
            "parentPath": "000:037:000",
            "parentName": "Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Notification of Successful Day End Completion.",
            "content": "A message will be displayed to inform the user that the day end has successfully been completed.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:037:001",
            "parentPath": "000:037",
            "parentName": "Day End procedures:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "Day End procedures:",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "Day End procedures:\n   Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.\n     1. ) Initiating Day End Procedure After Final Cashup\n     2. ) Verify and Confirm Report Dates for Next Day's Trading.\n     3. ) Pressing the \u2018Do Dayend\u2019 Button After Entering Correct Dates.\n     4. ) Cancel button exits day end procedure without completion.\n     5. ) Backup of Information to BOH History Reports Upon Day End Button Click.\n     6. ) Notification of Successful Day End Completion.",
            "path": "000:037:002",
            "parentPath": "000:037",
            "parentName": "Day End procedures:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.",
            "content": "The day end procedure should be run daily; the reason for doing a day end is to separate the figures so reports can be produced from day to day.",
            "outline": "Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.\n   1. ) Initiating Day End Procedure After Final Cashup\n   2. ) Verify and Confirm Report Dates for Next Day's Trading.\n   3. ) Pressing the \u2018Do Dayend\u2019 Button After Entering Correct Dates.\n   4. ) Cancel button exits day end procedure without completion.\n   5. ) Backup of Information to BOH History Reports Upon Day End Button Click.\n   6. ) Notification of Successful Day End Completion.",
            "path": "000:037:002:000",
            "parentPath": "000:037:002",
            "parentName": "Day End procedures:",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "container"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "1.) Initiating Day End Procedure After Final Cashup",
            "content": "1.) Once a \u2018Final Cashup\u2019 is done you may then proceed to do a \u2018Day End\u2019. Click on the icon \u2018Day end\u2019",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:037:002:000:000",
            "parentPath": "000:037:002:000",
            "parentName": "Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "2.) Verify and Confirm Report Dates for Next Day's Trading.",
            "content": "2.) Next ensure that the report dates are correct. Check that the day for the next reported day end is the next day\u2019s trading.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:037:002:000:001",
            "parentPath": "000:037:002:000",
            "parentName": "Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "3.) Pressing the \u2018Do Dayend\u2019 Button After Entering Correct Dates.",
            "content": "3.) Once you have entered in the correct dates. Press the \u2018Do Dayend\u2019 button.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:037:002:000:002",
            "parentPath": "000:037:002:000",
            "parentName": "Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "4.) Cancel button exits day end procedure without completion.",
            "content": "4.) By clicking on \u2018Cancel\u2019 it will then exit the day end procedure and not complete the day end.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:037:002:000:003",
            "parentPath": "000:037:002:000",
            "parentName": "Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "5.) Backup of Information to BOH History Reports Upon Day End Button Click.",
            "content": "5.) Once the day end button has been clicked the computer will start to back up all the required information to be located in your BOH History reports.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:037:002:000:004",
            "parentPath": "000:037:002:000",
            "parentName": "Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "6.) Notification of Successful Day End Completion.",
            "content": "6.) A message will be displayed to inform the user that the say end has successfully been completed.",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:037:002:000:005",
            "parentPath": "000:037:002:000",
            "parentName": "Purpose of Daily Day End Procedure for Report Generation.",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "body"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038",
            "parentPath": "000",
            "parentName": "Point of Sale",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 38,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "1 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:000",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 0,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "TRAINING MANUAL",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:001",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 1,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "VERSION : 1:4:1536",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:002",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 2,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "2 | P a g e\n4 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:003",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 3,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "5 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:004",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 4,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "6 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:005",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 5,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "7 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:006",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 6,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "8 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:007",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 7,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "9 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:008",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 8,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "10 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:009",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 9,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "11 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:010",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 10,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "12 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:011",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 11,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "13 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:012",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 12,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "14 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:013",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 13,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "15 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:014",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 14,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "16 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:015",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 15,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "17 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:016",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 16,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "18 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:017",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 17,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "19 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:018",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 18,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "20 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:019",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 19,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "21 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:020",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 20,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "22 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:021",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 21,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "23 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:022",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 22,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "24 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:023",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 23,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "25 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:024",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 24,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "26 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:025",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 25,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "27 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:026",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 26,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "28 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:027",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 27,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "29 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:028",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 28,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "30 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:029",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 29,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "31 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:030",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 30,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "32 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:031",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 31,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "33 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:032",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 32,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "34 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:033",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 33,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "35 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:034",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 34,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "36 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:035",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 35,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "37 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:036",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 36,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "38 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:037",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 37,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "(See next page)",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:038",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 38,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "39 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:039",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 39,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "40 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:040",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 40,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "41 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:041",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 41,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "42 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:042",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 42,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "43 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:043",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 43,
            "type": "other"
        }
    },
    {
        "class": "Element",
        "properties": {
            "title": "",
            "name": "",
            "content": "44 | P a g e",
            "outline": "",
            "path": "000:038:044",
            "parentPath": "000:038",
            "parentName": "",
            "document": "abcd-1234",
            "order": 44,
            "type": "other"
        }
    }
]